UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to

Commission file number: 000-13470

 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

94-2276314

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

1550 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, California

 

95035

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 545-6000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

 

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(Nasdaq Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes       No   .

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes       No   .

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes       No   .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes       No   .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K .

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act) Yes       No   .

As of June 30, 2018, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing sales price for the Registrant’s common stock for such date, as quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, was approximately $787.4 million. Shares of common stock held by each officer and director and by each person affiliated with an officer or director have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purpose.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 22, 2019 was 24,463,681.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

The Registrant has incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K portions of its Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. The Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 29, 2018.  

 

1


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

FORM 10-K

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

4

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

4

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

10

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

20

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

21

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

21

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

21

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

22

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

22

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

24

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

25

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

35

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

37

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

72

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

72

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

73

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

74

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

74

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

74

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

74

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

75

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

75

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

76

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

76

 

ITEM 16

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

78

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

2


 

CAUTIONARY INFORMATION REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 29, 2018, or “Form 10-K,” contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations, and financial performance and condition as well as our plans, objectives, and expectations for business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that speak to future events, performance, results or other matters may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “should,” “will,” “would,” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and management's beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that could materially affect our business operations and financial performance and condition include, but are not limited to, those risks and uncertainties described herein under “Item 1A - Risk Factors.” You are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are based on information available to us as of the filing date of this Form 10-K. Unless required by law, we do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise. You should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, after the date of this Form 10-K.

 

3


 

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

Nanometrics Incorporated and its subsidiaries (“Nanometrics”, the “Company”, or “we”) is a leading provider of advanced, high-performance process control metrology and inspection systems used primarily in the fabrication of semiconductors and other solid-state devices as well as industrial and scientific applications. Our automated and integrated metrology systems measure critical dimensions, device structures, topography, shape, and various thin film properties, including three-dimensional features and film thickness, as well as optical, electrical and material properties. Our process control solutions are deployed throughout the semiconductor fabrication process, from front-end-of-line substrate manufacturing, to high-volume production of semiconductors and other devices, to advanced three-dimensional wafer-level packaging and industrial applications. Our systems enable advanced process control for manufacturers, providing improved yield at reduced manufacturing cycle time, supporting accelerated product life cycles in the semiconductor, industrial and scientific markets.

We were incorporated in California in 1975 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2006. We have been publicly traded since 1984 (Nasdaq: NANO). We have an extensive installed base of thousands of systems in the majority of advanced semiconductor device production factories worldwide.

Additional information about us is available on our website at http://www.nanometrics.com. The information that can be accessed through our website, however, is not part of this Annual Report. The investor relations section of our website is located at http://www.nanometrics.com/investor.html. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available on the investor relations section of our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or furnish such materials to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In addition, the reports and materials that we file with the SEC are available at the SEC's website (http://www.sec.gov).

Industry Background

We participate in the sale, design, manufacture, marketing and support of process control systems for optical critical dimension metrology, thin film metrology, wafer inspection, and advanced analytics used for semiconductor manufacturing as well as industrial applications and scientific research. Our principal market is semiconductors.  Semiconductors, primarily packaged as integrated circuits within electronic devices, include consumer electronics, server and enterprise systems, mobile computing (including smart phones and tablets), data storage devices, and embedded automotive and control systems. Our core focus is the measurement and control of the structure, composition, and geometry of the devices as they are fabricated on silicon wafers to improve device performance and manufacturing yields. Our end customers manufacture many types of integrated circuits for a multitude of applications, each having unique manufacturing challenges. This includes integrated circuits to enable information processing and management (logic integrated circuits), memory storage (NAND, 3D-NAND, NOR, and DRAM), analog devices (e.g., Wi-Fi and 4G radio integrated circuits, power devices) MEMS sensor devices (accelerometers, pressure sensors, microphones), image sensors, and other end markets including components for hard disk drives, LEDs, and power management.

Demand for our products continues to be driven by our customers' desire for higher overall chip performance, including improvements in power efficiency, logic processing capability, data storage volume and manufacturing yield. To achieve these goals, our customers have increased their use of more complex materials and processing methods in their manufacturing flow. The primary paths for performance gains are geometric scaling, known as node shrinks, or scaling in three dimensions. In some cases, our customers are implementing new materials and methods in high volume manufacturing, including materials and device architectures to reduce power consumption, and stacked devices. To shrink features, new methods, including multiple patterning lithography and extreme ultra-violet lithography (EUV), have been developed. To scale NAND memory a new 3D stacking architecture has been implemented with as many as 96 device layers for a device in production. Additional innovation continues in Data Storage, Power Devices, MEMS, and Image Sensors. We believe the use of these new materials and manufacturing methods has increased demand for our products.

Our Business

We offer a diverse line of process control products and technologies to address the manufacturing requirements of the semiconductor (and other solid-state device) manufacturing industry. Our metrology systems measure and characterize the physical dimensions, material composition, optical and electrical characteristics and other critical parameters of solid-state devices, from initial wafer substrate manufacturing through final packaging.

4


 

W e are continually working to strengthen our competitive position by developing innovative technologies and products in our market segment. We have expanded our product offerings to address growing applications within the semiconductor manufacturing and adj acent industries. In pursuit of our goals, we have:

 

Introduced new products, applications, and upgrades in every core product line and primary market served;

 

Diversified our product line and strengthened our position with our top customers securing tool of record positions of one or more products in each of the top six customers (as defined by capital expenditures for wafer fab equipment), who combined represent a substantial majority of all wafer fab equipment expenditures;

 

Acquired 4D Technology Corporation in November 2018, whose dynamic high-performance interferometric measurement and inspection systems will enable us to serve new markets in advanced process control metrology and inspection; and

 

Continued development of new measurement and inspection technologies for advanced fabrication processes.

Nanometrics Products

We offer a diverse line of systems to address the broad range of process control requirements of the semiconductor device and industrial manufacturing markets. In addition, we believe that our product development and engineering expertise and strategic acquisitions will enable us to develop and offer advanced process control solutions that, in the future, should address industry advancement and trends.

Automated Systems

Our automated systems primarily consist of fully automated metrology systems that are employed in semiconductor production environments. The Atlas ® family of products represent our line of high-performance metrology systems providing optical critical dimension (“OCD” ® ), thin film metrology and wafer stress metrology for transistor and interconnect metrology applications. The thin film and OCD technology is supported by our NanoCD suite of solutions including our NanoDiffract® software, SpectraProbe™ software and NanoGen™ scalable computing engine that enables visualization, modeling, and analysis of complex structures.

Integrated Systems

Our integrated metrology (“IM”) systems are installed directly onto wafer processing equipment to provide near real-time measurements for improved process control and maximum throughput. Our IM systems are sold directly to end user customers. The IMPULSE family of products include the latest technology for OCD, and thin film metrology, and have been successfully qualified on numerous independent Wafer Fabrication Equipment Suppliers’ platforms. Our NanoCD suite of solutions is sold in conjunction with our IMPULSE systems.

Software

NanoDiffract ® is a modeling, visualization and analysis software that takes signals from the metrology systems, providing critical dimension, thickness, and optical properties from in-line measurements. The software has an intuitive three-dimensional modeling interface to provide visualization of today’s advanced and complex semiconductor devices. There are proprietary fitting algorithms in NanoDiffract that enable very accurate and very fast calculations for signal processing for high fidelity model-based measurements. SpectraProbe is a model-less fitting engine that enables fast time to solution for in-line excursion detection and control. SpectraProbe complements the high-fidelity modeling of NanoDiffract with a simple machine learning interface for rapid recipe deployment. The software is supported by NanoGen, an enterprise scale computing hardware system that is deployed to run the computing intensive analysis software. NanoGen leverages commercial server chips and networking architecture and is optimized to support the workload of NanoDiffract and SpectraProbe analysis.

Materials Characterization

Our materials characterization products include systems that are used to monitor the physical, optical, electrical and material characteristics of discrete electronic industry, opto-electronic, HB-LED (high brightness LEDs), solar PV (solar photovoltaics), compound semiconductor, strained silicon and silicon-on-insulator (“SOI”) devices, including composition, crystal structure, layer thickness, dopant concentration, contamination and electron mobility.

We have a broad portfolio of products for materials characterization including photoluminescence mapping and Fourier-Transform Infrared (“FTIR”) spectroscope in automated and manual systems for substrate quality and epitaxial thickness metrology. The NanoSpec ® line supports thin film measurement across all applications in both low volume production and research applications.

5


 

Industrial, Scientific, and Research Markets:  4D Technology

In November of 2018 we acquired 4D Technology Corporation, based in Tucson Arizona. The 4D business unit offers a line of interferometry systems for the measurement and inspection of high precision surfaces. End markets include high precision optics surfaces and components, aerospace and defense components, and unique research and scientific instrumentation that requires the unique high-speed results of the 4D systems.

Customers

We sell our metrology and inspection systems worldwide to semiconductor manufacturers, producers of solid-state devices, wafer manufacturers and industrial and scientific research customers. We sell the majority of our systems to customers located in Asia and the United States

With respect to customer concentration, the following presents customers who represented 10% or more of total net revenue for any the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10% or more of total net revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Intel Corporation

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

Micron Technology, Inc.

 

^

 

*

 

*

 

Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd.

 

*

 

*

 

^

 

SK hynix

 

*

 

*

 

*

 

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited

 

^

 

^

 

*

 

Toshiba Corporation

 

*

 

*

 

^

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* The customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenues during the period

 

^ The customer accounted for less than 10% of total revenues during the period

 

 

 

 

 

Product revenues represented 85%, 83%, and 84% of total net revenues in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We believe that the capability for direct sales and support is beneficial for developing and maintaining close customer relationships and for rapidly responding to changing customer requirements. We provide local direct sales, service and application support through our worldwide offices located in the United States, South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, China, Singapore and France, and work with selected dealers and sales representatives in Asia, in the United States and other countries. Our applications team is composed of technically experienced sales engineers who are knowledgeable in the use of metrology systems generally and the unique features and advantages of our specific products. Supported by our technical applications team, our sales and support teams work closely with our customers to offer cost-effective solutions to complex measurement and process problems.

Customer Service and Support

We believe that customer service and technical support for our systems are crucial factors that distinguish us from our competitors and are essential to building and maintaining close, long-term relationships with our customers. We provide a standard one-year warranty on non-consumable parts and labor for most of our products, under which we provide the non-consumable parts and labor necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. We provide system support to our customers through factory technical support and globally deployed field service personnel. The factory technical support operations provide customers with telephonic technical support access, direct training programs, operating manuals and other technical support information to enable effective use of our metrology and measurement instruments and systems. We have field service operations based in various locations throughout the United States, South Korea, Taiwan, China, Japan, Singapore, Israel, and other locations in Europe.

Service revenues, including sales of replacement parts, represented 15%, 17%, and 16% of total net revenues in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

6


 

B acklog

As of December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, our backlog was $36.4 million and $34.0 million, respectively. Backlog includes orders received and booked, both shipped and not yet recognized as revenue, and not shipped, for products, services and upgrades where written customer requests have been received and we expect to ship and/or recognize revenue within 12 months. Orders are subject to cancellation or delay by the customer subject to possible penalties. However, historically, order cancellations have not been significant. Because orders presently in backlog could be cancelled or rescheduled and some orders can be received and shipped within the same quarter, we do not believe that current backlog is an accurate indication of our future revenues or financial performance.

Competition

We offer various products for various semiconductor manufacturing process steps, and several of our products extend across the same process flow. However, for process control of each of these process steps, we have multiple established and potential competitors, some of whom may have greater financial, research, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than we have. We may also face future competition from new market entrants from other overseas and domestic sources. We expect our competitors to continue to improve the design and performance of their current products and processes, and to introduce new products and processes with improved price and performance characteristics. In order to remain competitive, we believe that we will require significant financial resources to offer a broad range of products, and to maintain customer service and support centers worldwide, and to invest in product research and development.

In every market in which we participate, the global semiconductor equipment industry is intensely competitive, and driven by rapid technological adoption cycles. Our ability to effectively compete depends upon our ability to continually improve our products, applications and services, and our ability to develop new products, applications and services that meet constantly evolving customer requirements.

In automated systems for the semiconductor industry, our principal competitors are KLA Corporation (“KLA”) and Nova Measuring Instruments Ltd. ("Nova") for thin film and critical dimension OCD metrology, and other suppliers for advanced packaging. Our primary competitor in integrated systems is Nova. The opto-electronics, discrete device and industrial and scientific markets are addressed primarily by our material characterization and 4D business unit systems, served by numerous competitors in which no single competitor or group of competitors has established a majority position.

We believe that our competitive position in each of our markets is based on the ability of our products and services to address customer requirements related to numerous competitive factors. Competitive selections are based on many factors involving technological innovation, productivity, total cost of ownership of the system, including impact on end of line yield, price, product performance and throughput capability, quality, reliability and customer support.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing operations are in Milpitas California, Tucson Arizona, and at various contract manufacturers around the world. It is our strategy to outsource all assemblies that do not contain elements that we believe lead to a direct competitive advantage. Most of our automated and integrated products are currently manufactured at our Milpitas facility. We currently do not expect our manufacturing operations to require additional major investments in capital equipment.

 

          We manufacture key modular assemblies and integrated tools and make reasonable efforts to ensure that externally purchased parts or raw materials are available from multiple suppliers, but this is not always possible. Certain components, subassemblies and services necessary for the manufacture of our systems are obtained either from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. We also have long-term supply agreements with strategic suppliers for the supply of key assemblies for use in our products.

Research and Development

We continue to invest in research and development (“R&D”) to provide our customers with products that add value to their manufacturing processes and that provide a better and differentiated solution than our competitors so that our products stay in the forefront of current and future market demands. Whether it is for an advancement of current technology, yield and manufacturing improvement, enabling new end device technology, or the development of a new application in our core or emerging markets, we are committed to product excellence and longevity.

In our automated markets, our R&D efforts resulted in the successful product launch of the Atlas III product in the marketplace, our flagship product for OCD. In our integrated markets, the IMPULSE system has been further developed for which incorporates performance and productivity enhancements. Nano Diffract and SpectraProbe have regular semi-annual customer releases with a focus

7


 

on improved capability and performance.  The materials characterization suite of products has had significant refresh and customization for customer needs including the latest FTIR for imp roved substrate metrology. 4D Technology has ongoing projects for the interferometry line of products including the recently launched InSpec for industrial shop floor inspection as well as new versions of the AccuFiz line for large aperture interferometers .

Patents and Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on the technical innovation of our products and protecting such innovations through a variety of methods. We actively pursue a program of filing patent applications to seek protection of technologically sensitive features of our metrology and inspection systems.

As of December 29, 2018, we had 181 patents, including foreign patents, with expiration dates ranging from 2019-2036. We believe that our success will depend to a great degree upon innovation, technological expertise and our ability to adapt our products to new technology. While we attempt to establish our intellectual property rights through patents and trademarks and protect intellectual property rights through non-disclosure agreements, we may not be able to fully protect our technology, and competitors may be able to develop similar technology independently. Others may obtain patents and assert them against us. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. From time to time we receive communications from third parties asserting that our metrology systems may contain design features that the third parties claim may infringe upon their proprietary rights.

Employees

At December 29, 2018, we employed 701 persons worldwide with sales, applications and service support in key geographic areas aligned with our customer locations. None of our employees are represented by a union and we have never experienced a work stoppage because of union actions. We consider our employee relations to be good. Many of our employees have specialized skills that are of value to us. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled scientific, technical and managerial personnel, who are in great demand in our industry.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to various federal, state and local environmental protection regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, chemicals, and certain waste products. We believe that compliance with federal, state and local environmental protection regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position.

If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be liable for damages, penalties and fines. We further discuss the impact of environmental regulation under “Risk Factors- We are subject to various environmental laws and regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.” in Item 1A.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The names of our executive officers and their ages, titles and biographies as of February 25, 2019, are set forth below:

 

Name

 

Age

 

 

Position

Dr. Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

55

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Greg Swyt

 

 

58

 

 

Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer)

Rollin Kocher

 

 

53

 

 

Sr. Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Kevin Heidrich

 

 

48

 

 

Sr. Vice President, Corporate Development

Janet Taylor

 

 

61

 

 

General Counsel

James Barnhart

 

 

56

 

 

Sr. Vice President, Operations

 

Dr. Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre joined Nanometrics as President and Chief Executive Officer in November 2017. From January 2012 to February 2017, Dr. Lesaicherre was Chief Executive Officer of Lumileds, an integrated manufacturer of LED components and Automotive Lighting Lamps, where he was responsible for all aspects of the company’s business. Prior to being named Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Lesaicherre also held other management positions at Lumileds from 2006 to 2012. Before Lumileds, Dr. Lesaicherre was Senior Vice President and general manager of the Microcontrollers & Logic business lines at NXP Semiconductors, formerly Philips Semiconductors. He holds an MBA with a focus on international business and strategy from INSEAD and has MS and Ph.D. degrees in Material Science from the National Polytechnic Institute of Grenoble.

8


 

Greg Swyt assumed the role of Principal Financial Officer of Nanometrics from November 2017 to February 2018 and subsequently from June 2018. Mr. Swyt has served as the Vice President, F inance of Nanometrics from August 2016. Prior to joining Nanometrics, Mr. Swyt was Managing Director, Finance, at Intevac Corporation, a public company delivering thin film solutions, from May 2008 to July 2016, where he managed the Global Financial Planni ng and Analysis Organization, which also included Manufacturing Finance, Government Finance and Regional Finance. Mr. Swyt received an MBA and a BS in Finance from San Jose State University.

Rollin Kocher joined Nanometrics in March 2013 as Vice President, Global Sales. In September 2016, Mr. Kocher was promoted to Senior Vice President, Commercial Operations. He has assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Sales and Marketing in January 2018. Prior to joining Nanometrics, Mr. Kocher held several senior management positions over 17 years at KLA, including Global Sales for Films and Scatterometry, Sales for Taiwan, North America and Europe, and Senior Director of Sales for the Samsung Business Unit. His last position at KLA was General Manager of the Samsung Business Unit, and in that capacity, was responsible for Sales, Marketing, Applications, and Service. Mr. Kocher holds a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering Technology from the University of North Texas.

Kevin Heidrich, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, joined Nanometrics in 2006. Mr. Heidrich has participated in many functions, expanding his scope to include corporate marketing and business development. He assumed the role of Vice President, Marketing and Business Development in May 2009; Senior Vice President, Strategic Marketing and Business Development in September 2012; and Senior Vice President, Corporate Development in January 2018. Mr. Heidrich is now responsible for both corporate strategy and marketing, as Nanometrics expands its overall solution space within process control metrology. Prior to Nanometrics, Mr. Heidrich spent a decade at Intel Corporation in a variety of roles including process research and development at Intel’s Technology Development facility. Mr. Heidrich received B.S. and M.S. degrees from the Colorado School of Mines in Chemical Engineering.

Janet Taylor joined Nanometrics as General Counsel in July 2015. Ms. Taylor served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Company Secretary of STATS ChipPAC Ltd., from June 2005 to June 2015, where she was responsible for all legal matters, including corporate governance, intellectual property, litigation and securities compliance. Prior to joining STATS ChipPAC Ltd, Ms. Taylor was engaged in transactional practices at international law firms in New York, Singapore and London. Ms. Taylor was admitted to the Bar in New York in 1990 and in Singapore in 2010. Ms. Taylor holds a J.D. from the Harvard Law School and a B.A. in History from the University of Texas at Austin.

 

Jim Barnhart joined Nanometrics as Senior Vice President, Operations in March 2018. After completing U.S. Naval Nuclear Power postgraduate school, Mr. Barnhart joined Applied Materials where for 17 years he held progressively higher positions including Strategic Worldwide Account Operations General Manager, Chief Operating Officer of the etch products business group, and Managing Director of corporate asset services. Mr. Barnhart left Applied Materials in 2006 to serve in senior operational roles at Johnson & Johnson and AREVA Solar as Senior Vice President, Global Operations.  Most recently, he served as Senior Vice President, Global Operations for Cymer Light Sources from April 2010 until joining Nanometrics. Mr. Barnhart holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Washington State University and an MBA from the University of California at Berkeley, Walter A. Haas School of Business.

 

9


 

ITEM 1A.

RI SK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have identified the following risks and uncertainties that may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Investors should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business could be harmed by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks and investors may lose all or part of their investment. This section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Global economic conditions and the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry can affect demand for our products which in turn may negatively impact our financial performance.

Global economic conditions, and the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry have impacted, and could in the future impact, customer demand for our products and our financial performance. Demand for our products is largely dependent on our customers' capital spending on semiconductor equipment, which depends, in large part, on consumer spending, required manufacturing capacity, and customer access to capital. Economic uncertainty, unemployment, higher interest rates, higher tax rates, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, tariffs and other trade barriers, and other economic factors may lead to a decrease in consumer spending and may cause certain customers to cancel existing orders or delay placing orders. If we are unable timely and appropriately to adapt to changes resulting from unfavorable economic conditions, it may cause volatility in our operating results, business, and financial condition, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

In addition, demand for our products is highly inelastic which means we have little ability to control product revenues created by customer demand for more capacity. The market for our products is characterized by constant and rapid technological change, price erosion, product obsolescence, evolving standards, short product life cycles and significant volatility in supply and demand. Due to the inelastic nature of demand in the semiconductor industry, we may need to take actions to reduce costs in the future, which could reduce our ability to significantly invest in research and development at levels we believe are necessary. If we are unable to effectively align our cost structure with prevailing market conditions, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We may also experience supplier or customer issues as a result of adverse macroeconomic conditions. If our customers have difficulties in obtaining capital or financing, this could result in lower sales. Customers with liquidity issues could also result in an increase in bad debt expense. These conditions could also affect our key suppliers, which could affect their ability to supply parts and result in delays of our customer shipments.

Our largest customers account for a substantial portion of our net revenues, and our net revenues would materially decline if one or more of these customers were to purchase significantly fewer of our systems.

Historically, a significant portion of our net revenues in each quarter and each year has been derived from sales to relatively few customers, and we expect this trend to continue. In fiscal year 2018, five customers represented a substantial majority of our total net revenues. There are only a limited number of large companies operating in the semiconductor manufacturing industry. Accordingly, we expect that we will continue to depend on a small number of large customers for a significant portion of our net revenues for the foreseeable future. If our current relationships with our large customers are impaired, or if we are unable to develop similar collaborative relationships with important customers in the future, our net revenues could decline significantly. In addition, because there are a limited number of customers, customers may seek concessions related to price, terms and conditions and intellectual property. Any of these changes could negatively impact our financial performance and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of outside suppliers and subcontractors to supply certain components and subassemblies, and on a single or a limited group of outside suppliers for certain materials for our products, which could result in a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components due to the suppliers' failure or inability to provide such components in a timely manner, or at all, and reduced control over pricing and timely delivery of components and materials, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our manufacturing activities consist of integrating, assembling and testing components and subassemblies. We rely on a limited number of outside suppliers and subcontractors to manufacture certain components and subassemblies. We order one of the most critical components of our technology, the spectroscopic ellipsometer component incorporated into our advanced measurement systems, from external suppliers.

10


 

We procure some of our other critical systems' components, subassemblies and services from single suppliers or a limited group of outside suppli ers to ensure overall quality and timeliness of delivery. Many of these components and subassemblies have significant production lead times. To date, we have been able to obtain adequate supplies of components and subassemblies for our systems in a timely manner. However, disruption or termination of certain of these sources could have a significant adverse impact on our ability to manufacture our systems. In addition, our failure to timely use components in our manufacturing processes due to delays or canc ellation of orders may lead to write-downs of inventory. A disruption in supply or inventory window would, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our reliance on a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers and our reliance on subcontractors involve several risks, including:

 

a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components due to the suppliers' failure or inability to provide such components in a timely manner, or at all; and

 

reduced control over pricing and timely delivery of components.

Although the timeliness, yield and quality of deliveries to date from our subcontractors have been acceptable, manufacture of certain of these components and subassemblies is an extremely complex process, and long lead times are required. Any inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources of supply or to manufacture such components internally could delay our ability to ship our products, which could damage relationships with current and prospective customers and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to risks associated with our competitors’ strategic relationships and their introduction of new products, and we may lack the financial resources or technological capabilities of certain of our competitors needed to capture increased market share.

We operate in the highly competitive semiconductor industry and expect to face significant competition from multiple current and future competitors. We believe that other companies are developing systems and products that are competitive to our products and are planning to introduce new products, which may affect our ability to sell our existing or future products. We face a greater risk if our competitors enter into strategic relationships with leading semiconductor manufacturers covering products similar to those we sell or may develop, as this could adversely affect our ability to sell products to those manufacturers.

Some of our competitors have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing, research and development, marketing and customer support resources than we do. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or market developments by devoting greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of products, which could impair sales of our products. Moreover, there has been merger and acquisition activity among our competitors and potential competitors. These transactions by our competitors and potential competitors may provide them with a competitive advantage over us by enabling them to rapidly expand their product offerings and service capabilities to meet a broader range of customer needs. Many of our customers and potential customers in the semiconductor industry are large companies that require global support and service for their metrology systems. Some of our larger or more geographically diverse competitors might be better equipped to provide this global support and service.

In addition, our competitors may provide innovative technology that may have performance advantages over systems we currently offer or may offer in the future. They may be able to develop products comparable or superior to those that we offer or may adapt more quickly to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. In particular, while we currently are developing additional product enhancements that we believe will address future customer requirements, we may fail in a timely manner to complete the development or introduction of these additional product enhancements successfully, or these product enhancements may not achieve market acceptance or be competitive.

Further, customers that may otherwise desire to purchase our products from us and purchase other products from our competitors may nevertheless purchase competing products from our competitors rather than purchase our products due to a variety of reasons, including to gain favor or volume pricing from our competitors.

Because of the high cost of switching equipment vendors in our markets, it may be difficult for us to attract customers from our competitors even if our metrology systems are superior to theirs.

We believe that once a semiconductor customer has selected one vendor's metrology system, the customer generally relies upon that system and, to the extent possible, subsequent generations of the same vendor's system, for the life of the application. Once a vendor's metrology system has been installed, a customer must often make substantial technical modifications and may experience downtime to switch to another vendor's metrology system. Accordingly, unless our systems offer performance or cost advantages that outweigh a customer's expense of switching to our systems; it will be difficult for us to achieve significant sales from that customer once it has selected another vendor's system for an application.

11


 

Our integrated metrology systems are integrated onto systems sold independently by Wafer Fabrication Equipment Suppliers, and a decrease in sales by these suppliers, or the development of competing systems by these suppliers, could harm our business.

We believe that sales of integrated metrology systems will continue to be an important source of our net revenues. Sales of our integrated metrology systems depend upon the ability of a small number of Wafer Fabrication Equipment Suppliers to sell semiconductor manufacturing equipment products that are compatible with our metrology systems as components. If these suppliers, such as Applied Materials, Inc., Ebara Corporation, Lam Research Corporation and Tokyo Electron, are unable to sell such products, if they choose to focus their attention on products that do not integrate our systems, or if they choose to develop competing systems, our business could suffer.

We are subject to order and shipment uncertainties. Our profitability will decline if we fail to accurately forecast customer demand when managing inventory.

We typically plan production and inventory levels based on internal forecasts of customer demand, which can be highly unpredictable and can fluctuate substantially, which could lead to excess inventory write-downs and resulting negative impacts on gross margin and net income. We have limited visibility into our customers' inventories, future customer demand and the product mix that our customers will require, which could adversely affect our production forecasts and operating margins. In addition, innovation in our industry could render significant portions of our inventory obsolete. If we overestimate our customers' requirements, we may have excess inventory, which could lead to obsolete inventory and unexpected costs. Conversely, if we underestimate our customers' requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could lead to foregone revenue opportunities, loss of potential market share and damage to customer relationships as product deliveries may not be made on a timely basis, disrupting our customers' production schedules. In response to anticipated long lead times to obtain inventory and materials from outside suppliers and foundries, we periodically order materials in advance of customer demand. This advance ordering has in the past and may in the future result in excess inventory levels or unanticipated inventory write-downs if expected orders fail to materialize, or other factors make our products less saleable. In addition, any significant future cancellation or deferral of product orders could adversely affect our revenue and margins, increase inventory write-downs due to obsolete inventory, and adversely affect our operating results and stock price.

If we do not manage our supply chain effectively, our operating results may be adversely affected.

We need to continually evaluate our global supply chains and assess opportunities to reduce costs. We must also enhance quality, speed and flexibility to meet changing demand for our products and product mix and uncertain market conditions. Our success also depends in part on refining our cost structure and supply chains so that we have flexibility and can maintain and improve profitability. Although the current tariff environment has not had a material adverse effect on our costs to date, further deterioration in the tariff environment, or changes in suppliers, may cause our costs to increase, which if we are not able to offset by charging higher sales prices, will cause a decline in our margins. To improve our margins on a product, we will need to establish high volume supply agreements with our vendors. We cannot be certain that we will be able to timely negotiate vendor supply agreements on improved terms and conditions, or at all. Failure to achieve the desired level of cost reductions could adversely affect our financial results. Despite our efforts to control costs and increase efficiency in our facilities, changes in demand could still cause us to realize lower operating margins and profitability.

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, or products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or may not be able to successfully integrate an acquired business in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offerings in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. To achieve this, from time to time we have acquired complementary businesses, products, or technologies instead of developing them ourselves and may choose to do so in the future. For example, in November 2018 we acquired 4D Technology Corporation (“4D”), which we are currently in the process of integrating into Nanometrics. If we do identify suitable additional transactions in the future, we may not be able to complete them on commercially acceptable terms, or at all. We also face intense competition for acquisitions from other acquirers in our industry. These competing acquirers may have significantly greater financial and other resources than us, which may prevent us from successfully pursuing a transaction.

Potential risks associated with acquisitions, such as our acquisition of 4D, include, among other things:

 

our inability to realize the benefits or cost savings that we expect to realize as a result of the acquisition;

 

diversion of management's attention;

12


 

 

our inability to successfully integrate our businesses with the business of the acquired company;

 

motivating, recruiting and retaining executives and key employees; conforming standards, controls, procedures and policies, business cultures and compensation structures among our company and the acquired company;

 

consolidating and streamlining sales, marketing and corporate operations;

 

potential exposure to unknown liabilities of acquired companies;

 

loss of key employees and customers of the acquired business; and

 

managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating our operations following completion of the acquisitions.

If an acquisition is not successfully completed or integrated into our existing operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted.

In addition, to finance any acquisitions we may be required to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financings; however:

 

to obtain such financing we may be forced to obtain financing on terms that are not favorable to us and, in the case of equity or convertible debt financing, the financing may result in dilution to our stockholders; or

 

such financing may not be available to us at all, which could prevent us from entering or completing the acquisition.

Our success depends on the performance of key personnel, including our senior management and on our ability to identify, hire and retain key management personnel.

We believe our continued ability to recruit, hire, retain and motivate highly-skilled engineering, operations, sales, administrative and managerial personnel is key to our future success. Competition for these employees is intense, particularly with respect to attracting and retaining qualified technical and senior management personnel. We do not have employment agreements with key members of our technical staff and all of our senior management team. Further, we do not have key person life insurance on any of our executives and these individuals or other key employees may leave us. We have experienced turnover in our senior management team in the past. Our business may be harmed if we are unable to recruit, retain and effectively integrate our senior management into our business operations and our ability to implement our strategy could be compromised.

If we deliver systems with defects, our credibility will be harmed, revenue from, and market acceptance of, our systems will decrease, and we could expend significant capital and resources as a result of such defects.

Our products are complex and frequently operate in high-performance, challenging environments. Notwithstanding our internal quality specifications, our systems have sometimes contained errors, defects and bugs, when introduced. If we deliver systems with errors, defects or bugs, our credibility and the market acceptance and sales of our systems would be harmed. Further, if our systems contain errors, defects or bugs, we may be required to expend significant capital and resources to alleviate such problems and incur significant costs for product recalls and inventory write-offs. Defects could also lead to product liability lawsuits against us or against our customers. We have agreed to indemnify our customers in some circumstances against liability arising from defects in our systems. In the event of a successful product liability claim, we could be obligated to pay damages significantly in excess of our product liability insurance limits.

If we experience significant delays in shipping our products to our customers, our business and reputation may suffer.

Our products are complex and require technical expertise to design and manufacture properly. Various problems occasionally arise during the manufacturing process that may cause delays and/or impair product quality. Any significant delays stemming from the failure of our products to meet or exceed our internal quality specifications, or for any other reasons, would delay our shipments. Shipment delays could harm our business and reputation in the industry.

Net average selling prices of our products may decrease over time, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

It is common in our industry for the average selling price of a given product to decrease over time as production volumes increase, competing products are developed or latest technologies featuring higher performance or lower cost emerge. To combat the negative effects that erosion of average selling prices have had in the past and may have in the future on our net revenues, we attempt to actively manage the prices of our existing products and regularly introduce new process technologies and products in the market

13


 

that exhibit higher performance, that are in demand, or that lower manufacturing cost. Failure to maintain our current prices or to successfully execute on our new product development strategy will cause our net revenues and gross margin to decline , which adversely affect our operating results and stock price.

Third party infringement claims could be costly to defend, and successful infringement claims by third parties could result in substantial damages, lost product sales and the loss of important intellectual property rights by us.

The semiconductor industry is generally subject to litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to avoid infringing or misappropriating patents or other proprietary rights owned by third parties. From time to time we may receive communications from third parties asserting that our metrology systems may contain design features which are claimed to infringe on their proprietary rights. Our new or current products may infringe valid intellectual property rights, but even if our products do not infringe, we may be required to expend significant sums of money to defend against infringement claims, or to actively protect our intellectual property rights through litigation. In the event that a claim is made and there is an adverse result of any intellectual property rights litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages for infringement, expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology, incur material liability for royalty payments or fees to obtain licenses to the technology covered by the litigation, or be subjected to an injunction, which could prevent us from selling our products and materially and adversely affect our net revenues and results of operations. We cannot be sure that we will be successful in any such non-infringing development or that any such license would be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any claims relating to the infringement of third-party proprietary rights, even if not meritorious, could result in costly litigation, lost sales or damaged customer relationships, and diversion of management's attention and resources.

Our intellectual property may be infringed by third parties despite our efforts to protect it, which could threaten our future success and competitive position and harm our operating results.

Our future success and competitive position depend in part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary technology for our principal product families, and we rely, in part, on patent, trade secret and trademark law to protect that technology. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, it will be easier for our competitors to sell competing products. We own or may license patents relating to our systems and have filed applications for additional patents. Any of our pending patent applications may be rejected, and we may not in the future be able to develop additional proprietary technology that is patentable. In addition, the patents we own, have been issued or licensed, may not provide us with competitive advantages and may be challenged by third parties. Third parties may also design around these patents.

In addition to patent protection, we rely upon trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information and technology. We routinely enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees. However, in the event that these agreements may be breached, we may not have adequate remedies. Our confidential and proprietary information and technology might also be independently developed by or become otherwise known to third parties.

We may be required to initiate litigation to enforce patents issued to or licensed by us, or to determine the scope or validity of a third party's patent or to enforce trade secret, confidentiality or other proprietary rights. Any such litigation, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and could subject us to significant liabilities or require us to re-engineer our product or obtain expensive licenses from third parties, any of which would adversely affect our business and operating results.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Our ability to enforce our patents and other intellectual property is limited by our financial resources and is subject to general litigation risks. If we seek to enforce our rights, we may be subject to claims that the intellectual property rights are invalid, are otherwise not enforceable or are licensed to the party against whom we assert a claim. In addition, our assertion of intellectual property rights could result in the other party seeking to assert alleged intellectual property rights of its own against us, which is a frequent occurrence in such litigation.

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may be less effective in some foreign countries where intellectual property rights are not as well protected as in the United States.

In 2018, 2017, and 2016, 91%, 87% and 86%, respectively, of our total net revenues were derived from sales to customers in foreign countries, including certain countries in Asia, such as Japan, South Korea, China, Singapore and Taiwan. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States, and many U.S. companies have encountered substantial problems in protecting their proprietary rights against infringement in these countries. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property in these countries, it would be easier for our competitors to sell competing products and our business would suffer.

14


 

Variations in the amount of time it takes for us to sell our systems may cause volatility in our operating results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Variations in the length of our sales and product acceptance cycles could cause our revenues to fluctuate widely from period to period. Our customers generally take long periods of time to evaluate our metrology systems. We expend significant resources educating and providing information to our prospective customers regarding the uses and benefits of our systems. The length of time that it takes for us to complete a sale depends upon many factors, including:

 

the efforts of our sales force and our independent sales representatives;

 

the complexity of the customer’s metrology needs;

 

the internal technical capabilities and sophistication of the customer;

 

the customer’s budgetary constraints; and

 

the quality and sophistication of the customer’s current processing equipment.

Because of the number of factors influencing the sales process, the period between our initial contact with a customer and the time at which we recognize revenue from that customer, if at all, varies widely. Our sales cycles, including the time it takes for us to build a product to customer specifications after receiving an order, typically range from three to nine months. Occasionally our sales cycles can be much longer, particularly with customers in Asia who may require longer evaluation and acceptance periods. During the sales cycles, we commit substantial resources to our sales efforts in advance of receiving any revenue, and we may never receive any revenue from a customer despite our sales efforts.

If we do complete a sale, customers often purchase only one of our systems and then evaluate its performance for a lengthy period of time before purchasing additional systems. The purchases are generally made through purchase orders rather than through long-term contracts. The number of additional products that a customer purchases, if any, depends on many factors, including a customer’s capacity requirements, and/or shifting to more and advanced manufacturing processes that require more or different products to control. If they change their rate of capacity or have technological change, we cannot compensate for this fluctuation in demand by adjusting the price of our products. The period between a customer’s initial purchase and any subsequent purchases and acceptance is unpredictable and can vary from three months to a year or longer. Variations in the length of this period could cause fluctuations in our operating results, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Relatively small fluctuations in our system sales volume may cause our operating results to vary significantly each quarter.

During any quarter, a significant portion of our revenue is derived from the sale of a relatively small number of systems, which have a vast range of selling prices depending on the system. Accordingly, a slight change in the number or mix of systems that we sell could cause significant changes in our operating results.

We depend on new products and processes for our success. Consequently, we are subject to risks associated with rapid technological change.

Rapid technological changes in semiconductor manufacturing processes subject us to increased pressure to develop technological advances enabling such processes. We believe that our future success depends in part upon our ability to develop and offer new products with improved capabilities and to continue to enhance our existing products. We cannot make assurances if or when the products and solutions where we have focused our research and development expenditures will become commercially successful. If new products have reliability or quality problems, our performance could be impacted by reduced orders, higher manufacturing costs, and delays in acceptance or payment for new products, and additional service and warranty expenses. We might not be able to develop and manufacture new products successfully, or new products that we introduce may fail in the marketplace. Our failure to complete commercialization of these new products in a timely manner could result in unanticipated costs and inventory obsolescence, which would adversely affect our financial results. Any significant delay in releasing new systems could adversely affect our reputation, give a competitor a first-to-market advantage or allow a competitor to achieve greater market share.

To develop new products and processes, we expect to continue to make significant investments in research and development and to pursue joint development relationships with customers, suppliers or other members of the industry. We must manage product transitions and joint development relationships successfully, as introduction of new products could adversely affect our sale of existing products.

15


 

If we are unable to adj ust the scale of our business in response to rapid changes in demand in the semiconductor equipment industry, our operating results and our ability to compete successfully may be impaired.

The business cycle in the semiconductor equipment industry has historically been characterized by frequent periods of rapid change in demand that challenge our management to adjust spending and resources allocated to operating activities. During periods of growth or decline in demand for our products and services, we face significant challenges in maintaining adequate financial and business controls, management processes, information systems and procedures and in training, managing, and appropriately sizing our supply chain, our work force, and other components of our business on a timely basis. Our success will depend, to a significant extent, on the ability of our executive officers and other members of our senior management to identify and respond to these challenges, our gross margins and earnings may be impaired during periods of demand decline, and we may lack the infrastructure and resources to scale up our business to meet customer expectations and compete successfully during periods of demand growth.

We manufacture all of our systems at a limited number of facilities, and any prolonged disruption in the operations of those facilities could reduce our revenues.

We produce the majority of our systems in our manufacturing facilities located in Milpitas, California. We use contract manufacturers in China, Israel, Japan and the United States. Our manufacturing processes are highly complex and require sophisticated, costly equipment and specially designed facilities. As a result, any prolonged disruption in the operations of our manufacturing facilities, such as those resulting from acts of war, terrorism, political instability, health epidemics, fire, earthquake, flooding or other natural disaster could seriously harm our ability to satisfy our customer order deadlines.

We may outsource select manufacturing activities to third-party service providers, which decreases our control over the performance of these functions and may result in lower quality and functionality of our products.

We may outsource product manufacturing to third-party service providers. Outsourcing reduces our control over the performance of the outsourced functions. Dependence on outsourcing may also adversely affect our ability to bring new products to market. If we do not effectively manage our outsourcing strategy or if third party service providers do not perform as anticipated, we may experience operational difficulties, increased costs, manufacturing interruptions or inefficiencies in the operation of our supply chain, any or all of which could delay our delivery of products to our customers, and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our network security measures are breached and unauthorized access is obtained to a customer's data, to our data, or to our information technology systems, we may incur significant legal and financial exposure and liabilities.

As part of our business, we store our data and certain data about our customers, vendors and employees in our information technology system.  While we have security measures in place that are designed to protect this information and prevent data loss and other security breaches, if these measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, break-ins or otherwise, and someone obtains unauthorized access to our customers’, vendors’ or employees’ data, we could face loss of business, regulatory investigations or court orders, our reputation could be severely damaged, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate the problem, as well as incur significant costs and liabilities, including due to litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and costs for remediation and other incentives offered to customers.

Cyber-attacks and other malicious internet-based activities continue to increase. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or users to disclose information to gain access to our data or our customers’ data. If any of these events occur, our or our customers’ and vendors’ information could be accessed or disclosed improperly. Any or all of these issues could negatively affect our ability to attract new customers, cause existing customers to choose to purchase from our competitors, result in reputational damage or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability, which could adversely affect our operating results.

The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is a regulation in European Union (EU) law on data protection and privacy for all individuals within the EU and the European Economic Area (EEA). It also addresses the export of personal data outside the EU and EEA areas. We need to put in appropriate technical and organizational measures to implement these data protection principles. The GDPR requirements have been reviewed and are in the process of being implemented. We may also be subject to other data privacy laws in the United States and the other countries in which we operate.

16


 

Changes in our effective income tax rate could affect our results of operations.

We are subject to taxation in numerous U.S. states and territories. As a result, our effective tax rate is derived from a combination of applicable tax rates in the various places that we operate. In preparing our financial statements, we estimate the amount of tax that will become payable in each of such places. Our effective tax rate, however, may be different than experienced in the past due to numerous factors, including the passage of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, changes in the jurisdictions in which our profits are determined to be earned and taxed, increases in expenses not deductible for tax purposes, the results of examinations and audits of our tax filings, our inability to secure or sustain acceptable agreements with tax authorities, our utilization of net operating losses, changes in available tax credits, changes in accounting for income taxes, and changes in tax laws. Any of these factors could cause us to experience an effective tax rate significantly different from previous periods or our current expectations and may result in tax obligations in excess of amounts accrued in our financial statements.

On December 22, 2017, the President signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that significantly reforms the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, among other things, contains significant changes to corporate taxation, including reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, limitation of the tax deduction for interest expense to 30% of adjusted earnings (except for certain small businesses), limitation of the deduction of future net operating losses to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, one-time taxation of offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, elimination of U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important exceptions), immediate deductions for certain new capital investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions and credits, including the deductibility of executive compensation. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. The Tax Act became law in December 2017, and interpretations of this legislation are being released by various regulatory agencies and it is possible that there could be significant changes in interpretations that we may not be yet aware of, and which could adversely impact our financial results.

We may incur impairments to goodwill or long-lived assets.

We review our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets, for impairment annually or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable or it becomes more likely than not that the fair value is reduced below the carrying value of the reporting unit. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely heavily on projections of future operating performance. As of December 29, 2018, the carrying value of our goodwill was $26.4 million, and the carrying value of our intangible assets, net, was $27.3 million. If we determine that any of our long-lived assets are impaired, we may be required to take a significant charge for the impairment, which could significantly and negatively affect our results of operations.

Our investment portfolio may suffer losses from changes in market interest rates and changes in market conditions, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity.

Our investment portfolio primarily comprises corporate debt securities, commercial paper, debt securities issued by U.S. governmental agencies and certificates of deposits. These investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, and market and interest rate risks. Substantially all of these securities are subject to interest rate and credit risk and will decline in value if interest rates increase or one or more of the issuers’ credit ratings is reduced. As a result of any of the foregoing, we may experience a reduction in value or loss of liquidity of our investments, which may have a negative adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. We follow an established investment policy and set of guidelines to monitor, manage and limit our exposure to interest rate and credit risk. The policy sets forth credit quality standards and limits our exposure to any one issuer, as well as our maximum exposure to various asset classes.

Our operating results have varied in the past and probably will continue to vary significantly in the future, which will cause volatility in our stock price.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have varied significantly in the past and are likely to vary in the future, which volatility could cause our stock price to decline. Some of the factors that may influence our operating results and subject our stock to extreme price and volume fluctuations include:

 

general economic growth or decline in the U.S. or foreign markets;

 

changes in customer demand for our systems;

 

the gain or loss of a key customer or significant changes in the financial condition or one or more key customers;

 

economic conditions in the semiconductor industries;

 

the timing, cancellation or delay of customer orders and shipments;

17


 

 

the timing of customer acceptance due to delays or failure to meet required specifications;

 

market acceptance of our products and our customers' products;

 

our ability to recover the higher costs associated with meeting our customers' increasing service demands;

 

competitive pressures on product prices and changes in pricing by our customers or suppliers;

 

the timing of new product announcements and product releases by us or our competitors and our ability to design, introduce and manufacture new products on a timely and cost-effective basis;

 

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly the Japanese yen, the Korean won, European euro and the British pound sterling;

 

the occurrence of trade wars or barriers, or the perception that trade wars or barriers will occur;

 

the occurrence of tax valuation allowances;

 

the occurrence of potential impairments of long-lived assets;

 

the timing of acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies;

 

the effects of war, natural disasters, acts of terrorism or political unrest;

 

the loss of key personnel; and

 

the levels of our fixed expenses, relative to our revenue level.

The foregoing factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially and adversely affect our quarterly and annual operating results. If our operating results in any period fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

We are highly dependent on international sales and operations, which exposes us to foreign political and economic risks.

A majority of our sales and operations are outside of the United States. As a result, we are subject to regulatory, geopolitical and other risks associated with doing business in foreign countries. We anticipate that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our revenues. International sales and operations carry inherent risks such as:

 

regulatory limitations imposed by foreign governments;

 

trade wars between the United States and other foreign countries where we sell our products;

 

obstacles to the protection of our intellectual property, political, military and terrorism risks;

 

foreign currency controls and currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

periodic local or international economic downturns;

 

political instability, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism in regions where we have operations;

 

repatriation of cash earned in foreign countries;

 

longer payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable outside of the U.S.;

 

disruptions or delays in shipments caused by customs brokers or other government agencies;

 

uncertainty regarding liability under foreign laws;

 

changes in regulatory requirements (including import and export requirements), tariffs, customs, duties and other trade barriers;

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

potentially adverse tax consequences resulting from changes in tax laws; and

 

other challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which British citizens approved an exit from the European Union (EU), commonly referred to as “Brexit.” We ship some spare parts from the EU to the U.K that would possibly be subject to some delays if

18


 

the trade agreements between the EU and the U.K. are not finalized, however the volume of these shipments is immaterial, and we have alternative shipment methods to meet the needs of our cust omers.

If any of these risks materialize and we are unable to manage them, our international sales and operations would suffer.

We are exposed to fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates.

As a global concern, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations arise in part from current intercompany accounts in which costs are charged between our U.S. headquarters and foreign subsidiaries. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flow.

We are exposed to risks related to our banking arrangements and accounts receivable factoring.

We maintain bank accounts with both domestic and foreign financial institutions, any one of the institutions may prove to not be financially viable. If any of these financial institutions experiences financial difficulties or otherwise are unable to honor our deposit arrangements, we may experience material financial losses due to lack of access to our funds which could have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, we enter into factoring arrangements with certain financial institutions to sell a certain portion of our trade receivables. If we were to stop entering into these factoring arrangements, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely impacted by delays or failure to collect the trade receivables.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

The anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company by limiting our ability to engage in a business combination with an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws:

 

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt;

 

limit who may call special meetings of stockholders; and

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders.

We are exposed to various risks related to legal proceedings that could result in substantial costs and disruption to normal business operations.

From time to time, and in the future, we may be, involved in legal proceedings or claims that involve breach of contract, product liability, employment, possible infringement of patents and intellectual property rights of third parties or by third parties. It is difficult to predict the outcome of litigation matters, and there can be no assurance that we will prevail in any litigation. For example, in August 2017, we were named as a defendant in a complaint brought by Optical Solutions, Inc. alleging claims arising from a purported exclusive purchase contract between OSI and us pertaining to certain product. Adverse determinations in such litigation could result in loss of our property rights, subject us to significant liabilities, any of which could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon certain critical information systems for our daily business operations . Our inability to use or access our information systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact our business operations.

Our global operations are dependent upon certain information systems, including telecommunications, the internet, our corporate intranet, network communications, email and various computer hardware and software applications. System failures or malfunctions could disrupt our operations and our ability to timely and accurately process and report key components of our financial results. Difficulties with our enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system (whether in connection with the regular operation, periodic enhancements, modifications or upgrades, or the integration of an acquired business into such system), which is integral to our ability to accurately and efficient maintain our books and records, record transactions, provide critical information to our management, and prepare our financial statements, could adversely affect our ability to complete important business processes, such as the evaluation of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

19


 

We are subject to various environmental laws and regula tions that could impose substantial costs upon us and may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Some of our operations use substances regulated under various federal, state, local, and international laws governing the environment, including those relating to the storage, use, discharge, disposal, labeling, and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. Compliance with current or future environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire additional expensive equipment, modify our manufacturing processes, or incur other significant expenses. We may unintentionally violate environmental laws or regulations in the future as a result of human error, equipment failure or other causes.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws, and any determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act of 1977 ("FCPA"), and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Also, similar worldwide anti-bribery laws, such as the U.K. Bribery Act and Chinese anti-corruption laws, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Some of our distribution partners are located in parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Although we have implemented policies and procedures to discourage these practices by our employees, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and our employees, consultants, sales agents or distributors may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA or international anti-corruption laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the U.S. government may seek to hold us liable for successor liability FCPA violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire. We cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, distributors, partners, consultants or agents.

Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo, or DRC, and adjoining countries. As a result, in August 2012 the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, adopted annual disclosure and reporting requirements for public companies that use conflict minerals mined from the DRC and adjoining countries in their products. We have determined that we use at least one of these conflict minerals in the manufacture of our products, although we have not yet determined the source of the minerals that we use. These disclosure requirements require us to use diligent efforts to determine which conflict minerals we use and the source of those conflict minerals and disclose the results of our findings. There have been and will continue to be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including those costs incurred in conducting diligent efforts to determine which conflict minerals we use, and the sources of conflict minerals used in our products. Further, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As there may be only a limited number of suppliers offering conflict free minerals, we cannot be sure that we will be able to obtain necessary conflict free conflict minerals in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. In addition, we may face reputational challenges if we determine that our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to sufficiently verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products through the procedures we implement. If we determine it is necessary to redesign our products to not use conflict minerals, we would incur costs associated with doing so.

 

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

 

20


 

ITEM 2.

P ROPERTIES

At December 29, 2018, our owned or leased facilities included those described below:

 

Type

 

Location

 

Square

Footage

 

 

Use

Owned

 

Milpitas, California

 

 

134,158

 

 

Corporate headquarters, manufacturing and corporate housing

Leased

 

Taiwan

 

 

18,896

 

 

Sales and service

Leased

 

South Korea

 

 

24,742

 

 

Sales, service and corporate housing

Leased

 

United States

 

 

63,533

 

 

Engineering, sales and service

Leased

 

Japan

 

 

14,924

 

 

Sales, service and corporate housing

Leased

 

China

 

 

14,269

 

 

Sales and service

Leased

 

Singapore

 

 

9,795

 

 

Sales and service

Leased

 

France

 

 

828

 

 

Sales and service

 

 

Total

 

 

281,145

 

 

 

 

We believe that our existing facilities are suitable for their respective uses and adequate for our current needs and anticipated growth.

 

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The information set forth under Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements is incorporated by reference here.

 

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

N/A.

 

 

21


 

PART II

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market for our Common Stock

Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “NANO.”

Stockholders

On February 22, 2019, there were approximately 127 holders of record of our common stock. Because brokers and the institutions on behalf of stockholders hold many of our shares of common stock, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation, expansion of our business and repurchase of shares and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On November 15, 2018, we closed our acquisition of 4D Technology Corporation ("4D").  As part of the consideration, we issued an aggregate of 1 25,117 shares of our common stock to James Wyant, James Millerd and Neal Brock, the three principal stockholders of 4D (the “Principal Stockholders”). Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and related Escrow Agreement, the shares of our common stock were placed in escrow to fund any post-closing adjustments to the purchase price and to secure the indemnification obligations of the Principal Stockholders to Nanometrics. The Principal Stockholders agreed to indemnify us for inaccuracies in the representations or the breach of the warranties or covenants made by 4D, and for certain other matters, subject to certain limitations. The shares of our common stock were issued to the Principal Stockholders in consideration for the shares of 4D common stock held by the Principal Stockholders and were sold in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as the Principal Stockholders represented that they are “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D.


22


 

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph presentation compares cumulative five-year stockholder returns on an indexed basis, assuming a $100 initial investment and reinvestment of dividends, of Nanometrics Incorporated, a broad-based equity market index and an industry-specific index. The broad-based equity market index used is the Nasdaq Composite Index and the industry-specific index used is the PHLX Semiconductor Index.

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act.

 

 

 

12/13

 

 

12/14

 

 

12/15

 

 

12/16

 

 

12/17

 

 

12/18

 

Nanometrics Incorporated

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

88.29

 

 

 

79.48

 

 

 

131.55

 

 

 

130.81

 

 

 

143.46

 

Nasdaq Composite

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

114.62

 

 

 

122.81

 

 

 

133.19

 

 

 

172.11

 

 

 

165.84

 

PHLX Semiconductor

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

129.03

 

 

 

120.80

 

 

 

159.29

 

 

 

223.53

 

 

 

203.91

 

 

 

 


23


 

ITEM 6.

SELECTE D FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below is not necessarily indicative of results of future operations and should not be relied upon as an indicator of our future performance. This data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our fiscal years 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, as referred to below, refer to our fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, December 31, 2016, December 26, 2015 and December 27, 2014, respectively.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2018 (1)

 

 

2017 (2)

 

 

2016 (3)

 

 

2015

 

 

2014 (4)

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenues

 

$

324,523

 

 

$

258,621

 

 

$

221,129

 

 

$

187,367

 

 

$

166,443

 

Gross profit

 

$

184,094

 

 

$

136,701

 

 

$

114,124

 

 

$

89,667

 

 

$

75,822

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

$

66,487

 

 

$

42,806

 

 

$

29,095

 

 

$

4,973

 

 

$

(11,653

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

57,648

 

 

$

30,202

 

 

$

44,035

 

 

$

2,905

 

 

$

(31,118

)

Basic net income (loss) per share

 

$

2.39

 

 

$

1.19

 

 

$

1.79

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

(1.30

)

Diluted net income (loss) per share

 

$

2.34

 

 

$

1.17

 

 

$

1.75

 

 

$

0.12

 

 

$

(1.30

)

 

(1)

Our net income included the impacts of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017, including the impact resulting from additional guidance that was issued in 2018.

(2)

Our net income included a $2.9 million additional tax expense from the remeasurement of deferred tax assets relating to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017.

(3)

Our net income included a release of non-cash valuation allowance of $27.4 million against a significant portion of our U.S. and foreign deferred tax assets.

(4)

Our net loss included a non-cash valuation allowance of $21.1 million on certain U.S. deferred tax assets.

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

151,792

 

 

$

117,029

 

 

$

129,961

 

 

$

83,085

 

 

$

83,962

 

Working capital

 

$

211,108

 

 

$

196,019

 

 

$

174,353

 

 

$

132,903

 

 

$

119,797

 

Total assets

 

$

375,630

 

 

$

309,699

 

 

$

287,830

 

 

$

235,540

 

 

$

223,236

 

Long-term liabilities

 

$

3,005

 

 

$

3,221

 

 

$

2,030

 

 

$

3,001

 

 

$

5,497

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

312,852

 

 

$

262,383

 

 

$

243,774

 

 

$

187,328

 

 

$

179,537

 

24


 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those presented under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Please see “Cautionary Information Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Form 10-K for additional information you should consider regarding forward-looking statements.

We are an innovator in the field of optical metrology systems, optical inspection systems and advanced analytics for semiconductor manufacturing and other industries. Our systems and solutions are designed to precisely monitor optical critical dimensions, film thickness, and other parameters that are necessary to control the manufacturing process, identify defects, and detect manufacturing equipment anomalies that can affect production yields and device performance.

Principal factors that impact our revenue growth include capital expenditures by manufacturers of semiconductors to increase capacity and to enable their development of new technologies, and our ability to improve market share. The increasing complexity of the manufacturing processes for semiconductors is an important factor in the demand for our innovative metrology systems. Our strategy is to continue to innovate organically as well as to evaluate strategic acquisitions to address business challenges and opportunities.

In November of 2018 we acquired 4D Technology Corporation (“4D”), based in Tucson Arizona. The 4D business unit offers a line of interferometry systems for the measurement and inspection of high precision surfaces. 4D’s solutions are used primarily in the manufacture of advanced aerospace and industrial systems as well as for scientific research and semiconductor applications.

We derive our revenues primarily from product sales but also from customer service and system upgrades for the installed base of our products. In 2018, we derived 85% of our total net revenues from product sales and 15% of our total net revenues from services.

Important Themes and Significant Trends

The semiconductor equipment industry is characterized by new manufacturing processes (node) coming to market every two to three years. At every new node, in the semiconductor industry our customers drive the need for metrology as a major component of device manufacturing. These trends include:

 

Proliferation of Optical Critical Dimension Metrology across Fabrication Processes.  Device dimensions must be carefully controlled during each step of processing. These patterned structures are measured at many subsequent production steps including Chemical Mechanical Polishing, Etch, and Thin Film processing, all driving broader OCD adoption. Our proprietary OCD systems can provide the critical process control of these circuit dimensions that is necessary for successful manufacturing of these state-of-the-art devices. Nanometrics OCD technology is broadly adopted across 3D-NAND, DRAM, and logic semiconductor manufacturing processes.

 

Proliferation of 3D Transistor Architectures. Our end customers continue to improve device density and performance by scaling front-end-of-line transistor architectures. Many of these designs, including FinFET transistors, have buried features and high aspect ratio stacked features that enable improved performance and density. The advanced designs require additional process control to manage the complex shapes and materials properties, driving additional applications of our systems.

 

Proliferation of High-Density 3D-NAND. Our end customers have migrated to multi (many) layered high aspect ratio 3D-NAND devices. Many stacks of NAND cells are formed in parallel. This 3D-NAND architecture enables cost effective density scaling, removing the burden of density from lithography to deposition and etch processes. These devices require additional process control of deposition stacks, planarization processes, and critical high aspect ratio etch processes. Nanometrics thin films and OCD technologies are adopted across the 3D-NAND process including the periphery CMOS processing, NAND cell formation, and Interconnect of the devices.

 

Adoption of New Types of Thin Film Materials.  The need for ever increasing device circuit speed coupled with lower power consumption has pushed semiconductor device manufacturers to new materials and processing methods with single atom/sub nanometer control over these processes.

 

Need for Improved Process Control to Drive Process Efficiencies.  Competitive forces influencing semiconductor device manufacturers, such as price-cutting, shorter product life cycles and time to market, place pressure on

25


 

 

manufacturers to rapidly achieve production efficiency. Device manufacturers are using our integrated and automated systems, as well as advanced metrology algorithms an d analytics throughout the fabrication process to ensure that manufacturing processes scale rapidly, are accurate and can be repeated on a consistent basis.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements conforms to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying our accounting policies that have an important impact on our reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures at the date of our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates including those related to revenue, bad debts, inventory valuations, warranty obligations, impairment and income taxes. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates. We believe that the application of the following accounting policies requires significant judgments and estimates on the part of management. For a summary of all of our accounting policies, including those discussed below, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition - We recognize revenue when control of a good or service has transferred to a customer. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the amount which we expect to be entitled to in exchange for the transfer of the goods or services in a contract with a customer. Revenue excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties including taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue producing transaction. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight both before and after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of revenues. We record revenue on a gross basis, rather than net, as we act as the principal in all of our contractual arrangements and not as an agent.

Accordingly, we follow a 5-Step process to evaluate our contracts with customers to determine the amount and timing of revenue recognition. This determination includes certain estimates and areas in which judgment is needed during each step of the process.

We first identify whether a legally enforceable contract with a customer exists. We evaluate the following criteria in our evaluation and if all criteria are not met, a contract does not exist and any revenue that otherwise would be recorded because a good or service had been transferred to a customer is deferred until such time that a contract exists: (1) both parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform, (2) we can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, (3) we can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be delivered, (4) the contract has commercial substance, and (5) it is probable that we will collect substantially all of the consideration to which we will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. Historically, we have not experienced customer payment defaults that would lead us to conclude that we do not have a contract under the new standard.

Once the contract has been identified, we evaluate the promises in the contract to identify performance obligations. We apply judgement in evaluating whether the performance obligations are distinct; that is, have stand-alone value to the customer. Many of the contracts include more than one performance obligation – for example the delivery of a system generally includes the promise to install the system in the customer’s facility. Additionally, a contract could include the purchase of multiple systems or the purchase of a system and an upgrade. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. Our determination of the number of performance obligations in a contract requires judgement and could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

Once the performance obligations in the contract have been identified, we estimate the transaction price of the contract.  The estimate includes amounts that are fixed as well as those that can vary based on contractual terms (e.g., performance bonuses/penalties, amounts payable to customers, rebates, prompt payment discounts, etc.) These variable consideration items are rare as most of our contracts include only fixed amounts. It is expected that estimates of variable consideration will be immaterial for us and would occur if customers did not meet their contractual purchase commitments and we would be entitled to recover additional contract consideration.

Once the transaction price of the contract has been identified, we allocate the transaction price to the identified performance obligations.  This is done on a relative selling price basis using standalone selling prices (“SSP”). For most performance obligations, we do not have observable SSP’s as they are not regularly sold on a standalone basis however if a performance obligation does have an observable SSP it is used for allocation purposes. Without observable SSP’s, we estimate the SSP using a methodology which maximizes the use of observable inputs – namely a cost-plus gross margin approach. Our determination of the SSP requires judgment and could impact the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

26


 

Lastly, we record the amount allocated to each performance obligation as revenue when control of tha t good or service has transferred to the customer. We first evaluate whether a good or service is transferred over time, and if it is not, then it is recorded at a point in time. For service contracts, we record revenue based on its measurement of progress , and the best method to determine this is the percentage of the stand-ready obligation that is completed to date as this best reflects the value of the service transferred to the customer. The timing of satisfaction of the performance obligation to paymen t is dependent upon the negotiated payment terms but generally occurs within 30 to 60 days. We evaluate the following indicators to determine the point in time at which control transfers to the customer and may apply judgment in this evaluation based on pr esent right to payment, legal title, physical possession, risk and rewards of ownership and customer acceptance.  Typically, for new product introductions, we defer revenue recognition until formal customer acceptance is received from the customer. Additio nally, for system shipments to Japan, revenue is deferred because typical contractual terms indicate that payment is not due, and title does not transfer until customer acceptance occurs.

We warrant our products against defects in manufacturing. In those instances, in which extended warranty services are separately quoted to the customer or if the warranty includes services beyond just an assurance that the product will work as intended, an additional performance obligation is created, and the associated revenue is deferred and recognized as service revenue ratably over the term of the extended warranty period. The portion of service contracts and extended warranty services agreements that are uncompleted at the end of any reporting period are included in deferred revenue.

Frequently, we deliver products and various services in a single transaction. Our deliverables consist of tools, installation, upgrades, billable services, spare parts, and service contracts. Our typical multi-element arrangements include a sale of one or multiple tools that include installation and standard warranty. Other arrangements consist of a sale of tools bundled with service elements or delivery of different types of services. Our tools, upgrades, and spare parts are generally delivered to customers within a period of up to six months from order date. Installation is usually performed soon after delivery of the tool. We defer the estimated portion of revenue associated with installation based on relative selling price and that revenue is recognized upon completion of the installation and receipt of final acceptance.

When performance obligations are not transferred to a customer at the end of a reporting period, the amount allocated to those performance obligations is deferred until control of these performance obligations is transferred to the customer. When we determine that performance obligations cannot be accounted for as separate units of accounting, we account for the entire arrangement as a single unit of accounting and we defer revenue until all elements are delivered and all revenue recognition requirements are met.  The amount of revenue recognized in the twelve months ended December 29, 2018 that was included in the contract liability balance as of the beginning of the year was $5.2 million. The impact of Topic 606 adoption on our financial statements is summarized in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated herein by reference.

Business combinations - We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired, and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, restructuring liabilities, pre-acquisition contingencies, and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain acquired intangible assets under the income approach include growth in future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts and acquired technologies, technology obsolescence rates, expected costs to develop in-process research and development, or IPR&D, into commercially viable products, estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make their required payments. We establish credit limits through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of our customers. Where appropriate and available, we obtain credit rating reports and financial statements of customers when determining or modifying their credit limits. We regularly evaluate the collectability of our trade receivable balances based on a combination of factors such as the length of time the receivables are past due, customary payment practices in the respective geographies and our historical collection experience with customers. We believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts adequately reflects our risk associated with our receivables. If the financial condition of a customer were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, we would assess the necessity of recording additional allowances. This would result in additional general and administrative expenses being recorded for the period in which such determination was made

27


 

Inventories – Inventories are valued at standard costs, which approximates actual cost calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, not in excess of net realizable value. W e apply judgment in determining standard rates for material burden, direct labor and overhead used in valuing inventory, and periodically review such rates to ensure that the rates result in an inventory valuation not in excess of net realizable value. We have established inventory reserves when conditions exist that suggest that our inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete based upon our assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. Once a reserve has been e stablished, it is maintained until the part to which it relates is sold or is otherwise disposed of. Therefore, a sale of reserved inventory has a higher gross profit margin. We regularly evaluate our ability to realize the value of our inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales of usage, product end-of-life dates, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions. Inventory includes evaluation tools placed at customer sites. For demonstration inventory, we also consider the age of the inventory and potential cost to refurbish the inventory prior to sale. We amortize demonstration inventory over its useful life and the amortization expense is included in total inventory write down on our statements of cash flows. When recorded, our reserves are intended to reduce the carrying value of our inventory to its net realizable value. If actual demand for our products deteriorates, or market conditions are less favorable than th ose that we project, additional reserves may be required, which would adversely affect gross margin and net income.

Product Warranties – We sell the majority of our products with a standard twelve-month repair or replacement warranty from the date of acceptance or shipment date. We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to the cost of products sold. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are reported in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by the warranty periods, sales volumes, product failure rates, material usage and labor and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage, labor or replacement costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required. For new product introductions where limited or no historical information exists, we may use warranty information from other previous product introductions to guide us in estimating our warranty accrual. The warranty accrual represents the best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. We periodically assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty reserve and adjust the amounts in accordance with changes in these factors.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives and are subject to an impairment assessment, as well as an evaluation of the appropriateness of their estimated useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount(s) may not be recoverable. During the annual impairment test performed on intangible assets, we will determine from the business owner as to whether the underlying technology is being utilized or have potential for further utilization. If it is deemed that the asset has no future benefit to the company, and it is fully amortized for both book and tax purposes, then it will be written off. Goodwill and indefinite lived assets are not amortized but tested annually for impairment. The goodwill impairment assessment involves three tests, Step 0, Step 1 and Step 2. The Step 0 test involves performing an initial qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired and thus whether it is necessary to proceed to Step 1 and calculate the fair value of the reporting unit. We may proceed directly to the Step 1 test without performing the Step 0 test. The Step 1 test involves measuring the recoverability of goodwill at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit's carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit.

We perform a Step 0 assessment of the goodwill during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that an impairment may have occurred. As part of this assessment, we consider the trading value of our stock, industry trends, and our sales forecast and products plans to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is higher than the carrying value of our reporting unit. If, after assessing the qualitative factors, we determine that it is not likely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if we conclude otherwise, then we are required to perform the Step 1 of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The Step 1 test requires a comparison of the fair value of our reporting unit to its net book value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its net book value, then no impairment is deemed to have occurred. If the fair value is less, then the Step 2 must be performed to determine the amount, if any, of actual impairment.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In estimating the fair value of goodwill at the reporting unit level, we make estimates and judgments about future revenues and cash flows for the reporting unit. To determine the fair value, our review process includes the income method and is based on a discounted future cash flow approach that uses estimates including the following for the reporting unit: estimated revenue, market segment growth rates and market share assumptions; estimated costs; and appropriate discount rates based on the reporting unit's weighted average cost of capital. Our estimates of market segment growth, our market segment share and costs are based on historical data, various internal estimates and certain external sources, and are based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses. Our business consists of both established and emerging technologies and our forecasts for emerging technologies are based upon internal estimates and external sources rather than historical information. We also consider our market capitalization on the dates of our impairment tests in determining the fair value of the respective businesses. As

28


 

part of this assessment, we consider the trading value of our stock and our implied value, as compared to our net assets, as well as the valuation of our acquired businesses. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value as determined by these assessments, goodwill is considered impaired, and the Step 2 test is performed to measure the a mount of impairment loss. As part of the Step 2 test to determine the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business comb ination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amount assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. When impairm ent is deemed to have occurred, we will recognize an impairment charge to reduce the carrying amount of our goodwill to its implied fair value.

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities – We account for income taxes such that deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax accounting for assets and liabilities. Also, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that management cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will be realized in the future. We evaluate the deferred tax assets on a continuous basis throughout the year to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate. Factors used in this determination include future expected income and the underlying asset or liability which generated the temporary tax difference. The income tax provision is primarily impacted by federal statutory rates, state and foreign income taxes and changes in the valuation allowance.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Results of Operations

Total net revenues

Our net revenues comprised the following (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Change

 

Total product revenue

 

$

275,286

 

 

$

214,877

 

 

$

60,409

 

 

 

28.1

%

Service

 

 

49,237

 

 

 

43,744

 

 

 

5,493

 

 

 

12.6

%

Total net revenues

 

$

324,523

 

 

$

258,621

 

 

$

65,902

 

 

 

25.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Change

 

Total product revenue

 

$

214,877

 

 

$

185,066

 

 

$

29,811

 

 

 

16.1

%

Service

 

 

43,744

 

 

 

36,063

 

 

 

7,681

 

 

 

21.3

%

Total net revenues

 

$

258,621

 

 

$

221,129

 

 

$

37,492

 

 

 

17.0

%

 

In 2018, total net revenues increased by $65.9 million from 2017. In 2018, the increase in product revenues was approximately $60.4 million or 28.1% primarily due to significant increases in customer spending in memory, 3-D NAND, DRAM and also driven by new product adoptions by our customers. Service revenue increased by $5.5 million or 12.6% in 2018 principally due to an increase in sales of spare parts and service contracts as a result our increasing installed base, and a modest increase in sales of refurbishment systems.

In 2017, total net revenues increased by $37.5 million from 2016. Customer spending trends for 3D-NAND, DRAM and Foundry primarily contributed to such year over year revenue growth. The increase of $29.8 million or 16.1% in product revenues was fueled by the increase in new product adoption and gains in market share. Service revenue increased by $7.7 million in 2017 principally due to an increase in sales of spare parts and service contracts because of our increasing installed base.

With a significant portion of the world's semiconductor manufacturing capacity located in Asia, a substantial portion of our revenues continue to be generated in that region. Significant fab expansions and customers moving into next generation technologies mainly in China and Japan contributed to the higher revenues in 2017 and 2018.

29


 

Gross margin

Our gross margin breakdown was as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

Products

 

 

58.9

%

 

 

52.9

%

 

 

53.1

%

Service

 

 

44.5

%

 

 

52.4

%

 

 

44.1

%

 

The calculation of product gross margin includes cost of products including related upgrades and amortization of intangibles. The gross margin on product revenue increased six percentage points from 52.9% in 2017 to 58.9% in 2018. The increase was due to a favorable product and customer mix, upgrade margins and lower warranty costs for our more established product lines. Inventory adjustments related to additional E&O reserves and the amortization of step up inventory valuation for 4D, negatively impacted product gross margins by 0.5 percent in 2018. The gross margin on our services business decreased to 44.5% in 2018 from 52.4% in 2017, reflecting a decrease of 7.9 percentage points. The decrease was due to lower labor utilization and higher fulfilment costs for service contracts resulting from a higher rate of field maintenance requests.  

 

The gross margin on product revenue remained relatively flat in 2017 compared to 2016. However, the gross margin of our services business improved to 52.4% in 2017 from 44.1% in 2016, reflecting an increase of 8.3 percentage points. The increase in gross margin was due to increases in margin of service parts, a more favorable product mix and higher utilization of our service personnel.

Operating expenses

Our operating expenses comprise the following categories (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Change

 

Research and development

 

$

48,188

 

 

$

36,716

 

 

$

11,472

 

 

 

31.2

%

Selling

 

 

37,528

 

 

 

30,839

 

 

 

6,689

 

 

 

21.7

%

General and administrative

 

 

31,795

 

 

 

26,340

 

 

 

5,455

 

 

 

20.7

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

96

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

NA

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

117,607

 

 

$

93,895

 

 

$

23,712

 

 

 

25.3

%

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Change

 

Research and development

 

$

36,716

 

 

$

31,443

 

 

$

5,273

 

 

 

16.8

%

Selling

 

 

30,839

 

 

 

30,181

 

 

 

658

 

 

 

2.2

%

General and administrative

 

 

26,340

 

 

 

23,381

 

 

 

2,959

 

 

 

12.7

%

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

NA

 

Total operating expenses

 

$

93,895

 

 

$

85,029

 

 

$

8,866

 

 

 

10.4

%

 

Research and development

Investments in research and development personnel and associated projects are part of our strategy to ensure our products remain competitive and meet customer’s needs. In 2018, research and development costs increased by $11.5 million or 31.2% compared to 2017 primarily due to additional headcount, higher variable compensation costs, consulting fees, new product development costs, incremental process improvement for customers and such costs associated with 4D since their acquisition date. We continue to invest in development of several new products to retain our competitive position and meet the advanced technology needs for our customers as they continue to improve the performance of their semiconductor devices.

In 2017, research and development costs increased by $5.3 million or 16.8% compared to 2016 primarily due to additional headcount and higher material spending in program related expenses to support our research and development efforts.

Selling

Selling expenses increased by $6.7 million or 21.7% in 2018 compared to 2017 primarily due to additional headcount, higher variable compensation costs, higher sales commission expenses, and such costs associated with 4D since their acquisition date. Higher

30


 

revenues of 25% resulted in higher sales commissions, and we also opened several new sales and service offices in Asia to better serve the needs of customer fab expansions at these locations.

Selling expenses increased slightly by $0.7 million or 2.2% in 2017 compared to 2016. The slight increase was due to higher variable compensation, commission expense, and sales related costs, which was consistent with higher revenues in 2017 compared to 2016.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $5.5 million or 20.7% in 2018 compared to 2017. The increase was primarily due to executive transition and search costs, higher variable compensation costs, higher professional service fees, and such costs associated with 4D since their acquisition date. Our revenues and profitability exceeded the growth of the wafer fab equipment market and company targets resulting in higher compensation costs, and additional professional service fees for business development and acquisition activities during 2018. Acquisition costs of $0.9 million were incurred in 2018 primarily for accounting and legal services.

General and administrative expenses increased by $3.0 million or 12.7% in 2017 compared to 2016. The increase was primarily due to higher variable compensation costs, recruiting costs associated with our CEO search and higher professional services fees.

Amortization of intangible assets

Amortization of $96,000 was recorded in 2018, representing one month of amortization of certain intangible assets acquired as a result of the 4D acquisition. We recorded no amortization of intangible assets in operating expenses in fiscal 2017 as prior intangible assets were fully amortized in 2016.

Other income (expense), net

Our other income (expense), net, consisted of the following items (in thousands, except percentages):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

Change

 

Interest income

 

$

10

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

2

 

Interest expense

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(92

)

 

 

(239

)

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

(321

)

 

$

(84

)

 

$

(237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on investments

 

 

1,379

 

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

68

 

Other gains (losses), net

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(735

)

 

 

714

 

Other income (loss), net

 

$

1,358

 

 

$

576

 

 

$

782

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

$

1,037

 

 

$

492

 

 

$

545

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

Change

 

Interest income

 

$

8

 

 

$

35

 

 

$

(27

)

Interest expense

 

 

(92

)

 

 

(285

)

 

 

193

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

$

(84

)

 

$

(250

)

 

$

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on investments

 

 

1,311

 

 

 

520

 

 

 

791

 

Other gains, net

 

 

(735

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

(505

)

Other income (loss), net

 

 

576

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

286

 

Total other income (expense), net

 

$

492

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

452

 

 

Total other income, net increased by $0.5 million in 2018 compared to 2017. The increase was primarily due to gain of $0.8 million on the sale of an asset, partially offset by unfavorable net revaluation of intercompany balances based on foreign currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, netted against hedging gains and losses and interest expense on factored receivables.

31


 

Total other income, net increased by $0.5 million in 2017 compared to 2016, primarily due to higher net realized investment gains, which is in line with the higher cash and cash equivalents balance in 2017, partially offset by unfavorable net revaluation of intercompany balances based on foreign currency fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar, netted against hedging gains and losses.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

We recorded an income tax provision of $9.9 million in 2018, an income tax provision of $13.1 million in 2017, and an income tax benefit of $14.9 million in 2016. The decrease in the provision for 2018 from 2017 was primarily related to the lower statutory federal tax rates enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.  The increase in the provision for 2017 from 2016 was primarily related to the decreased benefit of our U.S. deferred tax assets from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 and increased profitability for the year ended 2017, offset by the release of a valuation allowance against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets for the year ended 2016.

 

Our provision for income taxes for 2018 of $9.9 million reflects an effective tax rate of 14.6%.  This rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 21% primarily due to foreign income taxed at lower rates, tax credits generated in the current year, and tax benefits associated with the settlement of equity options/awards, offset by an increase in valuation allowances for our California and Switzerland deferred tax assets.

 

Our provision for income taxes for 2017 of $13.1 million reflects an effective tax rate of 30.2%. This rate differed from the then Federal statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to foreign income taxed at lower rates, and tax credits generated in the current year, tax benefits associated with the settlement of equity options/awards, and a one-time benefit related to an entity classification change, offset by an additional provision for the tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Job Act of 2017.

 

Our benefit for income taxes for 2016 of $14.9 million reflects an effective tax rate of negative 51.1%. This rate differs from the then Federal statutory rate of 35.0% primarily due to the release of a valuation allowance against a significant portion of our U.S. deferred tax assets which represented a $23.9 million benefit, as well as foreign income taxed at lower rates, and tax credits generated in the current year, offset by equity compensation expenses for which no current tax deduction is available.

 

We maintain valuation allowances when it is likely that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes in valuation allowances from period to period are included in our income tax provision in the period of change. In determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted, we take into account such factors as prior earnings history, expected future earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of a deferred tax asset, carry-back and carry-forward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. We currently maintain a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets in California and Switzerland.

 

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), which allowed us to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. As of December 29, 2018, we had finalized all provisional amounts related to the Tax Act.  Finalizing provisional adjustments related to the Tax Act did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as of December 29, 2018.  We expect further guidance may be forthcoming from the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as regulations, interpretations and rulings from federal and state tax agencies, which could result in additional impacts.  

 

The 2017 Tax Act creates a new requirement that global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by controlled foreign corporations (“CFCs”) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. Under U.S. GAAP, we are allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). Our selection of an accounting policy for 2018 with respect to the GILTI tax rules was to treat GILTI tax as a current period expense under the period cost method.            

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and cash flow generated from our operations. Our liquidity is affected by many factors, including those that relate to our specific operations and those that relate to the uncertainties of global and regional economies and the sectors of the semiconductor industry which we operate in. Although our cash requirements will fluctuate based on the timing and extent of these factors, we believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and

32


 

marketable securities, combined with cash currently projected to be generated from our operations, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs through at least the next twelve months.

The following table presents selected financial information and statistics as of and for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (in millions):

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 

$

151.8

 

 

$

117.0

 

 

$

130.0

 

Working capital

 

$

211.1

 

 

$

196.0

 

 

$

174.4

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

103.3

 

 

$

20.6

 

 

$

45.7

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

$

(4.3

)

 

$

(6.7

)

 

$

(42.1

)

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

(22.8

)

 

$

(25.6

)

 

$

5.3

 

 

During 2018, the $103.3 million cash provided by operating activities was a result of $57.6 million of net income plus $24.2 million net effect of non-cash adjustments to net income, plus $21.5 million net change in operating assets and liabilities. The change in operating assets and liabilities is generally driven by the timing of our customer payments for accounts receivable and timing of our vendor payments for accounts payable, and additional inventory purchases related to the build of newer products. We expect that cash provided by operating activities may fluctuate due to several factors, including variations in our operating results, accounts receivable collections performance, inventory and supply chain management, vendor payment initiatives, tax benefits or charges from stock-based compensation, and the timing and amount of compensation and other payments. The $82.7 million increase in cash provided from operating activities in 2018 compared to 2017 was primarily due to an increase in net income of $27.4 million and an increase in cash from changes in assets and liabilities of $55.3 million. The increase in net income of $27.4 million was a result of a 25% increase in sales with a 4% increase in gross margins in 2018 compared to 2017, that was partially offset by additional investments in operating expenses especially in the development of new products. An increase in cash from working capital changes of $56.3 million was primarily driven by significant improvement in days sales outstanding, relative improvement in inventory levels and inventory turns relative to the growth in volume, and favorable payment terms with our suppliers. Net cash used in investing activities of $4.3 million during 2018 consisted primarily of cash used to acquire 4D of $37.2 million and certain assets, property, plant and equipment of $7.5 million, which was partially offset by cash provided from net sales and maturities of marketable securities of $41.5 million. We sold a condominium, used to house travelling employees, for $0.9 million. Cash used in investing activities was relatively unchanged in 2018 from 2017. Cash used in financing activities of $22.8 million during 2018 consisted primarily of $23.0 million of common stock repurchases and $3.6 million of cash paid for taxes on net issuance of stock awards, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of common stock from the employee stock purchase program and the exercise of stock options of $3.8 million. Cash used in financing activities were relatively unchanged in 2018 from 2017.

 

During 2017, the $20.6 million cash provided by operating activities was a result of $30.2 million of net income plus $25.3 million net effect of non-cash adjustments to net income, offset by $34.5 million net change in operating assets and liabilities. The change in operating assets and liabilities is generally driven by the timing of our customer payments for account receivable and timing of our vendor payments for accounts payable. The $25.1 million decrease in cash from operating activities in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was primarily due to higher inventory levels at the end of the fiscal year and higher accounts receivable balance as a result of the record high revenue level in the fourth quarter of the 2017 fiscal year. Cash used in investing activities of $6.7 million during 2017, consisted primarily of cash used to acquire certain assets and property, plant and equipment of $7.2 million, as sales and maturities of marketable securities were almost entirely offset by purchases of marketable securities. Cash used in financing activities of $25.6 million during 2017 consisted primarily of $27.0 million of common stock repurchases and $4.2 million of cash paid for taxes on net issuance of stock awards, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of common stock from the employee stock purchase program and the exercise of stock options of $5.6 million.

 

During 2016, cash provided by operating activities was a result of $44.0 million of net income plus the net effect of non-cash adjustments to net income and net change in operating assets and liabilities. The increase in cash from operating activities in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to improved working capital, higher revenue levels and higher net income. Cash used in investing activities of $42.1 million during 2016, consisted primarily of $82.9 million net purchases of marketable securities and cash used to acquire $4.0 million of property, plant and equipment, partially offset by cash provided by maturities of marketable securities of $38.8 million and cash received from sales of marketable securities of $6.0 million. Cash provided by financing activities of $5.3 million during 2016 consisted primarily of $8.4 million in proceeds from issuance of common stock from the employee stock purchase program and the exercise of stock options, partially offset by cash paid for taxes on net issuance of stock awards of $1.8 million, $1.0 million of excess tax benefit from equity awards and royalty payments to Zygo of $0.3 million.

33


 

We have evaluated and will continue to evaluate the acquisitions of products, technologies or businesses that are complementary to our business. These activities may result in product and business investments, whic h may affect our cash position and working capital balances. Some of these activities might require significant cash outlays.

We earn a portion of our operating income outside the United States, which is deemed to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign jurisdictions. As a result, $29.2 million of our cash is held by foreign subsidiaries, a portion of which, would have to be repatriated to the United States. We believe our existing balances of cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to satisfy our working capital needs, capital asset purchases, outstanding commitments and other liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations over the next twelve months.

Should we require more capital in the United States than is generated by our domestic operations, for example to fund significant discretionary activities such as business acquisitions and share repurchases, we could elect to repatriate future earnings from foreign jurisdictions or raise capital in the United States through debt or equity issuances. These alternatives could result in higher effective tax rates, increased interest expense, or dilution of our earnings.

Repurchases of Common Stock

On November 15, 2017 our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of our common stock. This plan is referred to as the Stock Repurchase Plan.

During the three months ended March 31, 2018, the Stock Repurchase Plan was completed, after we repurchased 896,187 shares at an average purchase price of $25.65 per share for a total of $23.0 million, for a total repurchase against the approved plan of $50.0 million. Accordingly, we did not repurchase any shares throughout the remainder of 2018.

Shares repurchased and retired in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and in the three months ended March 31, 2018 under the Stock Repurchase Plan, with the associated cost of repurchase and amount available for repurchase are as follows (in thousands, except number of shares and weighted average price per share):

 

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Number of shares of common stock repurchased

 

 

896,187

 

 

 

1,065,848

 

Weighted average price per share

 

$

25.65

 

 

$

25.33

 

Total cost of repurchase

 

$

22,987

 

 

$

26,999

 

Amount available for repurchase at end of period

 

$

 

 

$

23,001

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 29, 2018, and the effect of such obligations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than 1 year

 

 

1-3 years

 

 

4-5 years

 

 

More than 5 years

 

Purchase commitments - inventory (1)

 

$

42,807

 

 

$

40,838

 

 

$

1,969

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

219

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

173

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

8,360

 

 

 

3,002

 

 

 

2,942

 

 

 

1,720

 

 

 

696

 

Total

 

$

51,386

 

 

$

43,841

 

 

$

4,943

 

 

$

1,733

 

 

$

869

 

 

(1)

We maintain certain open inventory purchase agreements with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply availability for key components. Our liability under these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as mutually agreed upon between the parties. This forecasted time-horizon can vary among different suppliers. We estimate our open inventory purchase commitment as of December 29, 2018, was approximately $42.8 million. Actual expenditures will vary based upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service provided. In addition, the amounts paid under these arrangements may be less if the arrangements are renegotiated or cancelled.

Excluded from the contractual obligation table above are $4.6 million of future payments related to uncertain tax positions because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of the settlements with the respective tax authorities.

34


 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITA TIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Foreign Currency Risk

A substantial part of our business consists of sales made to customers outside the United States: 91%, 87%, and 86% of sales in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. 25%, 22%, and 18% of net revenues in 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Additionally, portions of our costs of net revenues and our operating expenses are incurred by our international operations and denominated in local currencies.

Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations arises in part from intercompany balances in which costs are charged between our U.S. headquarters and our foreign subsidiaries. On our consolidated balance sheet these intercompany balances are eliminated and thus no consolidated balances are associated with these intercompany balances; however, since each foreign entity's functional currency is generally its respective local currency, there is exposure to foreign exchange risk on a consolidated basis. Intercompany balances are denominated primarily in U.S. dollars and, to a lesser extent, other local currencies. The net intercompany balance, exposed to foreign currency risk, at December 29, 2018 was approximately $7.3 million. A hypothetical change of 10% in the relative value of the US dollar versus local functional currencies could result in an increase or decrease of approximately $730,000 in transaction gains or losses which would be included in our statement of operations. The net intercompany balance, exposed to foreign currency risk, at December 30, 2017, was approximately $0.8 million. A hypothetical change of 10% in the relative value of the US dollar versus local functional currencies could result in an increase or decrease of approximately $75,000 in transaction gains or losses which would be included in our statement of operations. The increase in exposure to foreign currencies was mainly due to increased business in Japan and higher cross charges from Taiwan and Korea for services performed.

To manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, we enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to protect against currency exchange risks associated with existing assets and liabilities. A foreign currency forward exchange contract acts as a hedge by increasing in value when underlying assets decrease in value or underlying liabilities increase in value due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Conversely, a foreign currency forward exchange contract decreases in value when underlying assets increase in value or underlying liabilities decrease in value due to changes in foreign exchange rates. These forward contracts are not designated as accounting hedges, so the unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other income, net, in advance of the actual foreign currency cash flows with the fair value of these forward contracts being recorded as accrued liabilities or other current assets.

We do not use forward contracts for trading purposes. Our forward contracts generally have maturities of 30 days or less. We enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts based on estimated future asset and liability exposures, and the effectiveness of our hedging program depends on our ability to estimate these future asset and liability exposures. Recognized gains and losses with respect to our current hedging activities will ultimately depend on how accurately we are able to match the amount of foreign currency forward exchange contracts with actual underlying asset and liability exposures. The notional amount of the hedges we entered into was $47.7 million as of December 29,2018 and $44.3 million as of December 30, 2017. The amounts are set forth in Note 4, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which British citizens approved an exit from the European Union (EU), commonly referred to as “Brexit.” As a result of the referendum, there has been volatility in exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar which may continue as the U.K. negotiates its exit from the EU. The British pound is the functional currency for an insignificant percentage of our sales. In addition, for any contracts that are not denominated in the same currency as the functional currency (for example, contracts denominated in British pounds where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar), we enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our risk related to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, we currently do not expect the U.K.’s exit from the EU to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

For 2018, 2017 and 2016, foreign currency transactions resulted in losses of $1.1 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

We actively monitor our foreign currency risks, but there is no guarantee that our foreign currency hedging activities will substantially offset the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on our results of operations, cash flows and financial position. See “Note 4, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding our derivatives and hedging activities.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk resulting from changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. At December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, we held $40.8 million and $82.1 million, respectively, in marketable securities. The fair value of our marketable securities could be adversely impacted due to a rise in interest rates. A hypothetical immediate and consistent increase

35


 

in interest rates by 100 basis points from levels as of December 29, 2018, the fair value of our marketable securities would have declined by $0.2 million. Securities with longer maturities are subject to a greater interest rate risk than those with shor ter maturities and as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the average duration of our portfolio was less than nine months. We do not hold securities for trading purposes.

 

36


 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEME NTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information required by Item 8 of Form 10-K is presented here in the following order:

 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

Financial Statements:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

38

Consolidated Balance Sheets

40

Consolidated Statements of Operations

41

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

42

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

43

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

44

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

45

Supplementary Data:

 

Selected Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited)

71

 


37


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Nanometrics Incorporated

 

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nanometrics Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 29, 2018, including the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended December 29, 2018 appearing under Item 15(a)(2) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 29, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

 

Change in Accounting Principle

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in 2018.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

As described in the Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded 4D Technology, Inc. (“4D”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2018. We have also excluded 4D from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. 4D is a wholly-owned subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 3% and less than 1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 29, 2018.

 

 

 

38


 

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 25, 2019

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.

 

 

 

39


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

110,951

 

 

$

34,899

 

Marketable securities

 

 

40,841

 

 

 

82,130

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $170 and $126, respectively

 

 

50,854

 

 

 

62,457

 

Inventories

 

 

61,915

 

 

 

52,860

 

Inventories-delivered systems

 

 

180

 

 

 

1,534

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

 

6,140

 

 

 

6,234

 

Total current assets

 

 

270,881

 

 

 

240,114

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

47,900

 

 

 

44,810

 

Goodwill

 

 

26,372

 

 

 

10,232

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

27,326

 

 

 

2,206

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

2,569

 

 

 

11,924

 

Other assets

 

 

582

 

 

 

413

 

Total assets

 

$

375,630

 

 

$

309,699

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

16,540

 

 

$

13,857

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 

 

21,658

 

 

 

12,901

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

8,990

 

 

 

7,408

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

9,421

 

 

 

7,249

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

3,164

 

 

 

2,680

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

59,773

 

 

 

44,095

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

1,753

 

 

 

1,661

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

871

 

 

 

860

 

Deferred tax liability

 

 

162

 

 

 

179

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

219

 

 

 

521

 

Total liabilities

 

 

62,778

 

 

 

47,316

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized;

   no shares issued or outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 47,000,000 shares authorized: 24,372,193

   and 24,628,722, respectively, issued and outstanding

 

 

24

 

 

 

26

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

247,983

 

 

 

255,368

 

Retained Earnings

 

 

67,402

 

 

 

9,113

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(2,557

)

 

 

(2,124

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

312,852

 

 

 

262,383

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

375,630

 

 

$

309,699

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

40


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Products

 

$

275,286

 

 

$

214,877

 

 

$

185,066

 

Service

 

 

49,237

 

 

 

43,744

 

 

 

36,063

 

Total net revenues

 

 

324,523

 

 

 

258,621

 

 

 

221,129

 

Costs of net revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products

 

 

112,834

 

 

 

100,910

 

 

 

85,391

 

Cost of service

 

 

27,311

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

 

20,160

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

284

 

 

 

206

 

 

 

1,454

 

Total costs of net revenues

 

 

140,429

 

 

 

121,920

 

 

 

107,005

 

Gross profit

 

 

184,094

 

 

 

136,701

 

 

 

114,124

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

48,188

 

 

 

36,716

 

 

 

31,443

 

Selling

 

 

37,528

 

 

 

30,839

 

 

 

30,181

 

General and administrative

 

 

31,795

 

 

 

26,340

 

 

 

23,381

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

117,607

 

 

 

93,895

 

 

 

85,029

 

Income from operations

 

 

66,487

 

 

 

42,806

 

 

 

29,095

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

10

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

35

 

Interest expense

 

 

(331

)

 

 

(92

)

 

 

(285

)

Other income, net

 

 

1,358

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

290

 

Total other income, net

 

 

1,037

 

 

 

492

 

 

 

40

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

67,524

 

 

 

43,298

 

 

 

29,135

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

 

 

9,876

 

 

 

13,096

 

 

 

(14,900

)

Net income

 

$

57,648

 

 

$

30,202

 

 

$

44,035

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.39

 

 

$

1.19

 

 

$

1.79

 

Diluted

 

$

2.34

 

 

$

1.17

 

 

$

1.75

 

Weighted average shares used in per share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

24,120

 

 

 

25,334

 

 

 

24,655

 

Diluted

 

 

24,600

 

 

 

25,919

 

 

 

25,153

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

41


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

57,648

 

 

$

30,202

 

 

$

44,035

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(482

)

 

 

4,170

 

 

 

(869

)

Employee benefit plan adjustment

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(17

)

Net change on unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments

 

 

308

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

42

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

(433

)

 

 

3,922

 

 

 

(844

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

57,215

 

 

$

34,124

 

 

$

43,191

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

42


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-In

 

 

Retained Earnings / (Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

Total

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

Income

 

 

Equity

 

Balance as of December 26, 2015

 

 

24,224,286

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

258,715

 

 

$

(66,209

)

 

$

(5,202

)

 

$

187,328

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

44,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,035

 

Employee benefit plan adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(17

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(869

)

 

 

(869

)

Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

42

 

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

846,603

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6,624

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,625

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,666

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,666

 

Excess tax benefit related to stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,036

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,036

)

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

 

25,070,889

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

271,969

 

 

 

(22,174

)

 

 

(6,046

)

 

 

243,774

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,202

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30,202

 

Adjustment due to adoption of ASU 2016-09 Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

1,085

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,224

 

Employee benefit plan adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(160

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,170

 

 

 

4,170

 

Unrealized gain/(loss) on investments, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

(88

)

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

623,681

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,441

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,819

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,819

 

Repurchases and retirement of common stock under share repurchase plans

 

 

(1,065,848

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(26,999

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(26,999

)

Balance as of December 30, 2017

 

 

24,628,722

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

255,368

 

 

 

9,113

 

 

 

(2,124

)

 

 

262,383

 

Net income

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

57,648

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

57,648

 

Adjustment due to adoption of ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers , net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

725

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

725

 

Employee benefit plan adjustment

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(259

)

 

 

(259

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(482

)

 

 

(482

)

      Unrealized gain/(loss) on investments, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

308

 

 

 

308

 

Restructuring of foreign subsidiaries

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(84

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(84

)

Issuance of common stock under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

514,541

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

218

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,382

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,382

 

Stock issued to acquire 4D Technology

 

 

125,117

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,000

 

Repurchases and retirement of common stock under share repurchase plans

 

 

(896,187

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(22,985

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(22,987

)

Balance as of December 29, 2018

 

 

24,372,193

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

247,983

 

 

$

67,402

 

 

$

(2,557

)

 

$

312,852

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

43


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

57,648

 

 

$

30,202

 

 

$

44,035

 

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

6,846

 

 

 

6,920

 

 

 

8,295

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

11,382

 

 

 

8,819

 

 

 

7,666

 

Excess tax benefit from equity awards

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,036

 

(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets

 

 

(759

)

 

 

631

 

 

 

478

 

Inventory write-down

 

 

3,012

 

 

 

2,020

 

 

 

2,110

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

3,732

 

 

 

6,858

 

 

 

(16,783

)

Changes in fair value of contingent payments to Zygo Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,175

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

15,156

 

 

 

(19,523

)

 

 

(2,707

)

Inventories

 

 

(8,962

)

 

 

(18,037

)

 

 

4,526

 

Inventories-delivered systems

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

923

 

 

 

399

 

Prepaid expenses and other

 

 

(407

)

 

 

(230

)

 

 

905

 

Accounts payable, accrued and other liabilities

 

 

11,438

 

 

 

1,049

 

 

 

2,462

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,399

 

 

 

(915

)

 

 

(3,634

)

Income taxes payable

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,886

 

 

 

(1,928

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

103,336

 

 

 

20,603

 

 

 

45,685

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for acquisition of certain assets

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

 

Payments to acquire 4D Technology, net of cash acquired

 

 

(37,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of marketable securities

 

 

56,279

 

 

 

53,030

 

 

 

5,955

 

Maturities of marketable securities

 

 

38,700

 

 

 

77,250

 

 

 

38,775

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(53,523

)

 

 

(129,766

)

 

 

(82,864

)

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(7,486

)

 

 

(5,204

)

 

 

(3,999

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(4,251

)

 

 

(6,690

)

 

 

(42,133

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments to Zygo Corporation related to acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(315

)

Proceeds from sale of shares under employee stock option plans and purchase plan

 

 

3,826

 

 

 

5,576

 

 

 

8,447

 

Excess tax benefit from equity awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,036

)

Taxes paid on net issuance of stock awards

 

 

(3,609

)

 

 

(4,135

)

 

 

(1,822

)

Repurchases of common stock under share repurchase plans

 

 

(22,987

)

 

 

(26,999

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(22,770

)

 

 

(25,558

)

 

 

5,274

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(263

)

 

 

(518

)

 

 

82

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

76,052

 

 

 

(12,163

)

 

 

8,908

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

34,899

 

 

 

47,062

 

 

 

38,154

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

110,951

 

 

$

34,899

 

 

$

47,062

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net

 

$

5,561

 

 

$

3,040

 

 

$

3,767

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers between inventory and property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

1,147

 

 

$

2,451

 

 

$

2,345

 

Unpaid property, plant and equipment at year end

 

$

531

 

 

$

957

 

 

$

683

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

44


 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Note 1. Nature of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business – Nanometrics Incorporated (“Nanometrics” or the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries provide advanced, high-performance process control metrology and inspection systems used primarily in the fabrication of semiconductors and other solid-state devices as well as industrial and scientific applications. Nanometrics' metrology systems precisely measure a wide range of film types deposited on substrates during manufacturing to control manufacturing processes and increase production yields in the fabrication of integrated circuits. The Company’s OCD technology is a patented critical dimension measurement technology that is used to precisely determine the dimensions on the semiconductor wafer that directly control the resulting performance of the integrated circuit devices. The thin film metrology systems use a broad spectrum of wavelengths, high-sensitivity optics, proprietary software, and patented technology to measure the thickness and uniformity of films deposited on silicon and other substrates as well as their chemical composition. The overlay metrology systems are used to measure the overlay accuracy of successive layers of semiconductor patterns on wafers in the photolithography process. Nanometrics' inspection systems are used to find defects on patterned and unpatterned wafers at nearly every stage of the semiconductor production flow. The corporate headquarters of Nanometrics is in Milpitas, California.

Basis of Presentation – The consolidated financial statements include Nanometrics Incorporated and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year – The Company utilizes a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of the calendar year. For the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, the period presented consisted of a 52-week year, 52-week year and 53-week year, respectively.

Use of Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Estimates are used for, but not limited to, revenue recognition, the provision for doubtful accounts, the provision for excess, obsolete, or slow-moving inventories, valuation of intangible and long-lived assets, warranty accruals, income taxes, valuation of stock-based compensation, and contingencies.

Foreign Currency Translation – The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated from their respective local functional currencies at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and income and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments are reflected in “Accumulated other comprehensive income,” a component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as remeasurement of assets and liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are reflected in “Other income (expense)” in the consolidated statements of operations in the period incurred, and consist of losses of $1.1 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Revenue Recognition – The Company derives revenue from the sale of process control metrology and inspection systems and related upgrades (“product revenue”) as well as spare part sales, billable service and service contracts (together “service revenue”). Upgrades are system software and hardware performance upgrades that extend the features and functionality of a product. Upgrades are included in product revenue, which consists of sales of complete, advanced process control metrology and inspection systems (the “system(s)”). Nanometrics’ systems consist of hardware and software components that function together to deliver the essential functionality of the system. Arrangements for sales of systems and upgrades often include defined customer-specified acceptance criteria.

The Company recognizes revenue when control of a good or service has transferred to a customer.  The amount of revenue recognized reflects the amount which Nanometrics expects to be entitled to in exchange for the transfer of the goods or services in a contract with a customer.  Revenue excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties including taxes assessed by governmental authorities that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue producing transaction.  Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight both before and after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of revenues.  Nanometrics records revenue on a gross basis, rather than net, as it acts as the principal in all its contractual arrangements and not as an agent.

Nanometrics follows a 5-Step process to evaluate its contracts with customers to determine the amount and timing of revenue recognition.

45


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Nanometrics first identifies whether a l egally enforceable contract with a customer exists.  A legally enforceable contract creates enforceable rights and obligations on both parties.  Nanometrics evaluates the following criteria in its evaluation and if all criteria are not met, a contract does not exist and any revenue that otherwise would be recorded because a good or service had been transferred to a customer is deferred until such time that a contract exists:  (1)  both Nanometrics and the customer have approved the contract and are committe d to perform, (2) Nanometrics can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred, (3) Nanometrics can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be delivered, (4) the contract has commercial substance, and (5) i t is probable that Nanometrics will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. Historically, the Company has not experienced Customer payment d efaults that would lead it to conclude that it does not have a contract under the new standard. Nanometrics evidences all its contracts in writing and the identification of the contract may include (1) reference to a master agreement that governs for multi ple years, (2) a Volume Purchase Agreement that generally governs for 12 months and is negotiated with the larger customers to establish pricing for a committed volume of business, or (3) purchase orders which often govern the purchase of a single system o r service item.

Once the contract has been identified, Nanometrics evaluates the promises in the contract to identify performance obligations.  Many of the contracts include more than one performance obligation – for example the delivery of a system generally includes the promise to install the system in the customer’s facility.  Additionally, a contract could include the purchase of multiple systems or the purchase of a system and an upgrade.  Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract.  Generally, Nanometrics performance obligations can be categorized as (1) systems – including refurbished systems, (2) installation obligations, (3) hardware upgrades, (4) non-operating system software options / upgrades, (5) spare parts, (6) service contracts, (7) billable services and (8) other miscellaneous service items.

Once the performance obligations in the contract have been identified, Nanometrics estimates the transaction price of the contract.  The estimate includes amounts that are fixed as well as those that can vary based on contractual terms (e.g., performance bonuses/penalties, amounts payable to customers, rebates, prompt payment discounts, etc.) These variable consideration items are rare as most Nanometrics contracts include only fixed amounts.  It is expected that estimates of variable consideration will be immaterial for Nanometrics and would occur if customers did not meet their contractual purchase commitments and Nanometrics is entitled to recover additional contract consideration.

Once the transaction price of the contract has been identified, Nanometrics allocates the transaction price to the identified performance obligations.  This is done on a relative selling price basis using standalone selling prices (“SSP”).  For most performance obligations, Nanometrics does not have observable SSP’s as they are not regularly sold on a standalone basis however if a performance obligation does have an observable SSP it is used for allocation purposes (e.g. spares parts are sold using a standard price list and often sold separately).  Without observable SSP’s, Nanometrics estimates the SSP using a methodology which maximizes the use of observable inputs – namely a cost-plus gross margin approach.

Lastly, Nanometrics records the amount allocated to each performance obligation as revenue when control of that good or service has transferred to the customer.  Nanometrics first evaluates whether a good or service is transferred over time, and if it is not, then it is recorded at a point in time.  For service contracts, Nanometrics records revenue based on its measurement of progress, and the best method to determine this is the percentage of the stand-ready obligation that is completed to date as this best reflects the value of the service transferred to the customer. All other items at Nanometrics are recorded at a point in time other than the service contracts with customers. The timing of satisfaction of the performance obligation to payment is dependent upon the negotiated payment terms but generally occurs within 30 to 60 days.  Nanometrics evaluates the following indicators to determine the point in time at which control transfers to the Customer, and may apply judgment in this evaluation: (1) whether Nanometrics has a present right to payment, (2) whether the customer has legal title, (3) whether the customer has physical possession, (4)  whether the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership, and (5) whether customer acceptance is a formality (i.e., whether customer acceptance of the tool is reasonably assured). Typically, for new product introductions, Nanometrics defers revenue recognition until formal customer acceptance is received from the customer. In almost all other situations, there is little, or no significant judgment applied by Nanometrics in determining if control of a good or service has transferred to a customer. Additionally, for system shipments to Japan, revenue is deferred because typical contractual terms indicate that payment is not due, and title does not transfer until customer acceptance occurs.

The Company warrants its products against defects in manufacturing. Upon recognition of product revenue, this assurance-type warranty is recorded as a liability for anticipated warranty costs. On occasion, customers request a warranty period longer than the Company's standard warranty. In those instances, in which extended warranty services are separately quoted to the customer or if the warranty includes services beyond just an assurance that the product will work as intended, an additional performance obligation is created, and the associated revenue is deferred and recognized as service revenue ratably over the term of the extended warranty period. The portion of service contracts and extended warranty services agreements that are uncompleted at the end of any reporting period are included in deferred revenue.

46


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Freque ntly, the Company delivers products and various services in a single transaction. The Company's deliverables consist of tools, installation, upgrades, billable services, spare parts, and service contracts. The Company's typical multi-element arrangements i nclude a sale of one or multiple tools that include installation and standard warranty. Other arrangements consist of a sale of tools bundled with service elements or delivery of different types of services. The Company's tools, upgrades, and spare parts a re generally delivered to customers within a period of up to six months from order date. Installation is usually performed soon after delivery of the tool. The portion of revenue associated with installation is deferred based on relative selling price and that revenue is recognized upon completion of the installation and receipt of final acceptance. Billable services are billed on a time and materials basis and performed as requested by customers. Under service contract arrangements, services are provided a s needed over the fixed arrangement term, with terms normally up to twelve months. The Company does not grant its customers a general right of return or any refund terms and may impose a penalty on orders cancelled prior to the scheduled shipment date.  Co nsideration received from customers for cancelled orders is rare as orders are typically not cancelled once placed.

When performance obligations are not transferred to a customer at the end of a reporting period, the amount allocated to those performance obligations is deferred until control of these performance obligations is transferred to the customer. If performance obligations cannot be accounted for as separate units of accounting, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting and revenue is deferred until all elements are delivered and all revenue recognition requirements are met.  These liabilities arising from contracts with customers are reported as Deferred Revenue in the consolidated balance sheet.  The amount of revenue recognized in the twelve months ended December 29, 2018 that was included in the contract liability balance as of the beginning of the year was $5.2 million. Generally, all contracts have expected durations of one year or less.  Accordingly, Nanometrics applies the practical expedient allowed for in U.S. GAAP and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.

Nanometrics incurs costs related to the acquisition of its contract with customers in the form of sales commissions.  Sales commissions are paid to the internal direct sales team as well as to third-party representatives, and distributors.  Contractual agreements, with each of these parties, outline commissions structures and rates to be paid.  Generally, the contracts are all individual procurement decisions by the customers and are not for significant periods of time, nor do they include renewal provisions.  As such, most of the contracts have an economic life of significantly less than a year, although some volume purchase agreements might extend beyond 12 months (the capitalization and amortization of commission costs for contracts that extend beyond one year is immaterial for Nanometrics).  Accordingly, the Company expenses these contract acquisition costs in accordance with the practical expedient outlined in U.S. GAAP when the underlying contract asset is less than one year.

Nanometrics does not incur any costs to fulfill the contracts with customers that is not already reported in compliance with another applicable standard (for example, inventory or plant, property and equipment).  Given the nature of the systems, the Company does not have costs which are separately identifiable to just a particular contract (for example, dedicated labs).

Nanometrics records accounts receivable when revenue has been recorded and the amount due from the customer is reasonably assured and unconditionally due. In certain situations, Nanometrics may record revenue because goods or services have been transferred to the customer, but the amount is not unconditionally due.  In these situations, a contract asset is reflected in the consolidated balance sheet (Unbilled A/R).  This amount is subsequently reported as accounts receivable when the condition that made the amount conditional is resolved (for example, when the final installation obligation is completed, and Nanometrics has recorded revenue for the delivery of the system in an amount larger than what has been invoiced). The balance of contract assets included in Accounts Receivable upon adoption of ASC 606 at December 30, 2017 and at December 29, 2018 was $4.3 million and $2.2 million respectively. The decrease was primarily driven by changes in customer mix and timing of customer acceptance.

The following tables summarize the impacts of Topic 606 adoption on the Company’s financial statements for the twelve months ended December 29, 2018 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Twelve Months Ended December 29, 2018

 

 

As Reported

 

 

Balances

Without

Adoption of

ASC 606

 

 

Effect of

Change

Higher/(Lower)

 

Net Revenue

$

324,523

 

 

$

320,968

 

 

$

3,555

 

Net Income

$

57,648

 

 

$

55,413

 

 

$

2,235

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

2.39

 

 

$

2.30

 

 

$

0.09

 

Diluted

$

2.34

 

 

$

2.25

 

 

$

0.09

 

47


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities – The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. Marketable securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in stockholders' equity as a component of other comprehensive income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. The Company classifies its investments as current based on the nature of the investment and their availability for use in current operations. The Company reviews its investment portfolio quarterly to determine if any securities may be other-than-temporarily impaired due to increased credit risk, changes in industry or sector of a certain instrument or ratings downgrades.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – Financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable. Cash equivalents are stated at fair market value based on quoted market prices. The carrying values of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair values because of the short-term maturity of these financial instruments.

Derivatives – The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to protect against currency exchange risks associated with existing assets and liabilities. A foreign currency forward exchange contract acts as a hedge by increasing in value when underlying assets decrease in value or underlying liabilities increase in value due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Conversely, a foreign currency forward exchange contract decreases in value when underlying assets increase in value or underlying liabilities decrease in value due to changes in foreign exchange rates. These forward contracts are not designated as accounting hedges, so the unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other income, net, in advance of the actual foreign currency cash flows with the fair value of these forward contracts being recorded as accrued liabilities or other current assets. The Company does not use forward contracts for trading purposes.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – The Company maintains allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Credit limits are established through a process of reviewing the financial history and stability of its customers. Where appropriate and available, the Company obtains credit rating reports and financial statements of customers when determining or modifying their credit limits. The Company regularly evaluates the collectability of its trade receivable balances based on a combination of factors such as the length of time the receivables are past due, customary payment practices in the respective geographies and historical collection experience with customers. The Company believes that its allowance for doubtful accounts adequately reflects the risk associated with its receivables. If the financial conditions of a customer were to deteriorate, resulting in their inability to make payments, the Company may need to record additional allowances, which would result in additional general and administrative expenses being recorded for the period in which such determination was made.

Inventories – Inventories are valued at standard costs, which approximates actual cost calculated on a first-in, first-out basis, not in excess of net realizable value. The Company applies judgment in determining standard rates for material burden, direct labor and overhead used in valuing inventory, and periodically reviews such rates to ensure that the rates result in an inventory valuation not in excess of net realizable value. The Company is exposed to a number of economic and industry factors that could result in portions of inventory becoming either obsolete or in excess of anticipated usage, or saleable only for amounts that are less than their carrying amounts. These factors include, but are not limited to, technological changes in the market, the Company’s ability to meet changing customer requirements, competitive pressures in products and prices, and the availability of key components from suppliers. The Company has established inventory reserves when conditions exist that suggest that inventory may be in excess of anticipated demand or is obsolete based upon assumptions about future demand for the Company’s products and market conditions. Once a reserve has been established, it is maintained until the part to which it relates is sold or is otherwise disposed of. The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales of usage, product end-of-life dates, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions. For demonstration inventory, the Company also considers the age of the inventory and potential cost to refurbish the inventory prior to sale. Demonstration inventory is amortized over its useful life and the amortization expense is included in total inventory write down on the statements of cash flows. When recorded, reserves are intended to reduce the carrying value of the Company’s inventory to its net realizable value. If actual demand for the Company’s products deteriorates, or market conditions are less favorable than those that the Company projects, additional reserves may be required.

Inventories – delivered systems – The Company reflects the cost of systems that were invoiced upon shipment but deferred for revenue recognition purposes separate from its inventory held for sale as “Inventories – delivered systems.”

48


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight–line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Building and Improvements

 

5-40 years

Machinery and equipment

 

3-10 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

3-10 years

Software

 

3-7 years

 

Business combinations - We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires us to recognize separately from goodwill the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations. Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, restructuring liabilities, pre-acquisition contingencies, and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based, in part, on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain. Critical estimates in valuing certain acquired intangible assets under the income approach include growth in future expected cash flows from product sales, customer contracts and acquired technologies, technology obsolescence rates, expected costs to develop in-process research and development, or IPR&D, into commercially viable products, estimated cash flows from the projects when completed and discount rates. Specific events and circumstances may occur thus affecting the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets – Goodwill is initially recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their respective useful lives on a straight-line basis and are also evaluated annually for impairment or whenever events or circumstances occur which indicate that those assets might be impaired. Goodwill and indefinite lived assets are not amortized but tested annually for impairment. The Company’s impairment review process is completed during the fourth quarter of each year or whenever events, or circumstances occur which indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The Company assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, after assessing the qualitative factors, the Company determines that it is not likely that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step requires a comparison of the fair value of Nanometrics’ reporting unit to its net book value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then no impairment is deemed to have occurred. If the fair value is less, then the second step must be performed to determine the amount, if any, of actual impairment. Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

Developed technology

 

9-10 years

Customer relationships

 

9 years

Trade name

 

15 years

Backlog

 

< 1 year

 

Long-Lived Assets – The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. When the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount, impairment may exist. To determine the amount of impairment, the Company compares the fair value of the asset to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference is recognized. See Note 8, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for further details.

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities – The Company accounts for income taxes such that deferred tax assets and liabilities must be recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax accounting for assets and

49


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

liabilities. Also, deferred tax ass ets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that management cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will be realized in the future. The Company evaluates the deferred tax assets on a continuous ba sis throughout the year to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate. Factors used in this determination include future expected income and the underlying asset or liability which generated the temporary tax difference. The income tax p rovision is primarily impacted by federal statutory rates, state and foreign income taxes and changes in the valuation allowance.

Product Warranties – The Company sells most of its products with a twelve-month repair or replacement warranty from the date of acceptance, which generally represents the date of shipment. The Company provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to the cost of products sold. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are reported in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by the warranty periods, sales volumes, product failure rates, material usage and labor and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage, labor or replacement costs differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required. For new product introductions where limited or no historical information exists, the Company may use warranty information from other previous product introductions to guide it in estimating the warranty accrual. The warranty accrual represents the best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty reserve and adjusts the amounts in accordance with changes in these factors.

Defined Employee Benefit Plans – The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan in Taiwan for which current service costs are charged to operations as they accrue based on services rendered by employees during the year. Pension benefit obligations are determined by using management’s actuarial assumptions, including discount rates, assumed asset rates of return, compensation increases and employee turnover rates.

Net Income Per Share - Basic net income per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the number of weighted average common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution from outstanding dilutive stock options (using the treasury stock method), restricted stock units subject to vesting and shares issuable under the employee stock purchase plan. In applying the treasury stock method 0.5 million, 0.6 million and 0.5 million stock option shares for fiscal year 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were included in the calculation of diluted shares.  

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties – Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities, and accounts receivable. The Company's cash and cash equivalents are primarily invested in deposit accounts and money market accounts with large financial institutions. At times, these deposits and securities may exceed federally insured limits; however, the Company has not experienced any losses on such accounts. The Company invests its cash not required for use in operations in high credit quality securities based on the Company's investment policy. The Company's investment policy provides guidelines and limits regarding credit quality, investment concentration, investment type, and maturity that the Company believes will provide liquidity while reducing risk of loss of capital. Investments are of a short-term nature and include investments in commercial paper, corporate debt securities, asset-backed securities, U.S. Treasury, U.S. Government, and U.S. Agency debt.

The Company sells its products primarily to end users in the United States, Asia and Europe and, generally, does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. Management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and maintains an allowance for estimated potential bad debt losses. The Company’s customer base is highly concentrated and historically, a relatively small number of customers have accounted for a significant portion of its revenues. Aggregate revenue from the Company's top five largest customers in 2018, 2017 and 2016 consisted of 70%, 73% and 73%, respectively, of its total net revenues. The Company participates in a dynamic high technology industry and believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on its future financial position, results of operations or cash flows: advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards; competitive pressures in the form of new products or price reductions on current products; changes in product mix; changes in the overall demand for products offered; changes in third-party manufacturers; changes in key suppliers; changes in certain strategic relationships or customer relationships; litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property, patent, product, regulatory or other factors; fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; risk associated with changes in domestic and international economic and/or political regulations; availability of necessary components or sub-assemblies; disruption of manufacturing facilities; and its ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its growth.

50


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Certain components and sub-assemblies used in the Company’s products are purchased from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. The Company currently purchases its spectroscopic ellipsometer and robotics used in its advanced measurement systems from a sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers located in the United States. Any shortage or interruption in the supply of any of the components or sub-assemblies used in its products or its inability to procure these components or sub-assemblies from alternate sources on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 

Note 2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In October 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard update which requires the recognition of the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset, other than inventory, when the transfer occurs. The Company adopted this standard in the first quarter of 2018 using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption did not have a material impact on the financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard which addresses eight specific cash flow classification issues. This update is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including in an interim period. The standard is to be applied through a retrospective transition method to each period presented. If it is impracticable to apply retrospectively for some of the issues, the amendments for those issues would be applied prospectively as of the earliest date practicable. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled to for transferring promised goods or services to customers. The Company applied Topic 606 using the modified retrospective method by recognizing the cumulative effect of initially applying Topic 606 as an adjustment that increased the opening balance of equity at December 31, 2017 by $0.9 million, which resulted from a decrease of $1.6 million to the opening balance of current deferred revenue, partially offset by a decrease of $0.7 million to the opening balance of inventories – delivered systems. This modified retrospective method was chosen due to the Company’s inability to review all necessary contract information to adopt the standard using the full retrospective method.  Both methods are allowed per U.S. GAAP.  Therefore, the comparative information has not been adjusted and continues to be reported under Topic 605.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update to provide additional guidance on the accounting for costs of implementation activities performed in a cloud computing arrangement. The amendments in this update align the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license. The accounting for the service element of a hosting arrangement that is a service contract is not affected by the amendments in this update. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively or prospectively to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of this update on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which improves the effectiveness of fair value measurement disclosures in the notes to the financial statements. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Certain amendments within the update should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. Early adoption is permitted. Entities are permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of this update and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.

51


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions. The accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees and employees will be substantially aligned because of this update. The standard is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of Topic 606. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cons olidated statement of cash flows.

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued an accounting standard update which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill and removes step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should record an impairment charge based on excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. The standard is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard which requires measurement and timely recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets. The update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted as of the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The standard is to be applied through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of this update on its consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

In February 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which requires lessees to record a right-of-use asset and a corresponding lease liability on the balance sheet (with the exception of short-term leases). For lessees, leases will continue to be classified as either operating or financing in the income statement. The standard is effective for public companies for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company generally does not finance purchases of equipment or other capital assets but does lease some equipment and facilities. The Company established a cross-functional implementation team to evaluate and identify the impact of this update on its financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Company has determined that it will elect all practical expedients permitted within the new standard which will allow it to not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases, not reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing lease, apply hindsight in determining the lease term, chose to treat separate lease components and nonlease components associated with the lease component as a single lease component, and to not reassess the initial direct costs for any existing lease. Also, the Company expects to make an accounting policy election to not recognize a lease liability or right-to-use asset for leases with a term of twelve months or less and recognize such lease payments in its Consolidated Statement of Operations as incurred. Additionally, the Company has determined that it will adopt the optional transition practical expedient thus allowing it to initially apply the new standard at the adoption date, which for the Company will be December 30, 2018. The Company anticipates recording lease liabilities and assets between $10.5 million and $12.5 million on its Consolidated Balance Sheet with no material impact to its Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not anticipate any material impact to its cash flow, although the new standard does require that lease payments now be reported as a financing activity on its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows instead of as an operating activity.

 

Note 3. Acquisition

 

On November 15, 2018, the Company acquired 4D Technology Corporation (“4D”), a supplier of high-performance interferometric measurement inspection systems. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) entered into between 4D, each of 4D’s stockholders and the Company, the Company acquired all the outstanding stock of 4D for total consideration of (a) cash of $38.7 million ($37.2 million net of cash acquired); (b) 125,117 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, valued at approximately $4 million, subject to adjustment based on the amount of cash, working capital, indebtedness, and transaction expenses of 4D (collectively, the “Purchase Price”).

 

4D’s Dynamic Interferometry® solutions are used in a variety of industries to provide accurate shape and surface measurement data, which provides feedback to customers of optical quality, machine finish, and surface defectivity, to improve manufacturing yield and performance. The addition of 4D’s technology will add unique technology to the Company’s portfolio, expanding its served markets with new applications in the scientific research, aerospace, industrial and optics manufacturing markets.

 


52


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the total purchase consideration to the initial estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in thousands):

 

 

November 15, 2018

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,414

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

4,156

 

Inventories

 

4,563

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

104

 

Property and equipment

 

145

 

Accounts payable

 

(702

)

Accrued liabilities

 

(760

)

Deferred revenue

 

(197

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(5,408

)

Total assets acquired/liabilities assumed

 

3,315

 

Developed technology

 

15,500

 

In-process research and development

 

1,400

 

Customer relationships

 

4,600

 

Order backlog

 

500

 

Trade name

 

1,500

 

Total identified intangible assets

 

23,500

 

Total identifiable net assets

 

26,815

 

Goodwill

 

15,762

 

    Total purchase consideration

$

42,577

 

 

The fair value of accounts receivable, net, consisted of gross contractual accounts receivable reduced by approximately $161 thousand for receivables not expected to be collected as of the acquisition date. The inventory acquired consisted primarily of work in process, for which fair value was measured based on determining its net realizable value as such value represents an exit price in an orderly transaction between market participants. Factors that required a significant amount of judgment in determining the net realizable value for the inventory included determining estimated selling prices, cost to complete, costs to dispose, operating profit, and discount rates, among others.

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the preliminary estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and is primarily attributable to intangible assets which are not separately recognizable, such as an assembled workforce, and anticipated synergies such as certain costs savings, operating efficiencies, and other strategic benefits projected to be achieved as a result of the 4D acquisition. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

 

Developed technology relates to 4D’s product family and was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. This method reflects the present value of the projected cash flows that are expected to be generated by the developed technology less charges representing the contribution of other assets to those cash flows. The average estimated useful life of developed technologies was determined to be 9 years and was based on the technology cycle related to each developed technology, as well as the cash flows over the respective forecast period.

 

The fair value of the in-process research and development (“IPRD”) was determined using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. Such method reflects the present value of the projected cash flows that are expected to be generated by the IPRD, less costs to complete the development and charges representing the contribution of other assets to those cash flows.

 

Customer relationships represent the fair value of future projected revenue that will be derived from sales of products to new and existing customers and was valued using the incremental cash flow method. This method reflects the present value of projected revenues to be derived from such customers less charges representing the contribution of other assets to those cash flows. The estimated useful life of the customer relationships was determined to be 9 years and was based on historical customer turnover rates.

 

Order backlog represents the fair value of future projected revenue that will be derived from outstanding orders from customers that have not yet been shipped and was valued using the incremental cash flow method, which reflects the present value of such outstanding orders less charges representing the contribution of other assets to those cash flows. The estimated useful life of the order backlog was determined to be less than one year and was based on historical order fulfilment rates.

53


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

Trade name relates to the “4D Technology” trade name and was fair valued by applying the relief-from-royalty method under the income approach. This method is based on the application of a royalty rate to forecasted revenue under the trade name. The estimated useful life of the tradename was determined to be 15 years and was based on the expected life of the trade name and the cash flows anticipated over the forecast period.

 

Factors that required a significant amount of judgment in determining the fair value for the acquired intangible assets included estimating future cash flows, revenue and gross margin assumptions, technology lives, future operating expenses, and discount rates, among others.

 

Finite-lived intangible assets totaled $22.1 million and have a weighted average estimated useful life of 9.25 years. The Company has determined that the estimated useful life of the acquired in-process research and development is currently indeterminant; thus, it has been categorized as indefinite and will be reviewed annually for impairment, along with the Company’s other long-lived assets with indefinite lives, unless its estimated useful life is known.

 

The Company believes the amounts of purchased intangible assets recorded above represent the fair values of and approximate the amounts a market participant would pay for such assets as of the 4D acquisition date.

 

The results of operations of 4D are reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition and include $2.1 million of total net sales and $0.4 million of operating loss for the year ended December 29, 2018.

 

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations as if the 4D acquisition had occurred at the beginning of fiscal year 2017 and is presented for informational purposes only. These results may not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations that would have been achieved, nor are they necessarily reflective of future results of operations (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

December 30, 2017

 

Pro forma net revenue

$

                       338,919

 

   $

                        271,966

 

Pro forma net income

 

                      57,672

 

 

29,302

 

Pro forma net income per share - basic

$

                             2.39

 

    $

                             1.16

 

Pro forma net income per share - diluted

 

                          2.34

 

 

1.13

 

 

The pro forma results include adjustments for depreciation and amortization, income taxes, and the incremental shares issued in connection with the acquisition. For the years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, the pro forma results also include material nonrecurring adjustments of $3.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, in net revenue and net income, related to sales to the Company and costs associated with those sales. The Company incurred $0.9 million of acquisition-related costs that were expensed as incurred during fiscal 2018.

 

 

Note 4. Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

The Company determines the fair values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in FASB Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 820, Fair Value Measurement , which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The classification of a financial asset or liability within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into the following three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

54


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Such unobservable inputs inc lude an estimated discount rate used in the Company's discounted present value analysis of future cash flows, which reflects the Company's estimate of debt with similar terms in the current credit markets. As there is currently minimal activity in such mar kets, the actual rate could be materially different.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The standard assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability and establishes that the fair value of an asset or liability shall be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following tables present the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, excluding accrued interest components, categorized in accordance with the fair value hierarchy (in thousands), as of the following dates:

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Input Types

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements Using Input Types

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

113

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

113

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

256

 

      Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

 

113

 

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,106

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,495

 

Certificate of deposits

 

 

 

 

 

9,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,497

 

Commercial paper

 

 

 

 

 

7,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,949

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

15,730

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,730

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

47,968

 

Asset backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

7,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,221

 

Total marketable securities

 

 

 

 

 

40,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,130

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,130

 

Total (1)

 

$

113

 

 

$

42,834

 

 

$

 

 

$

42,947

 

 

$

256

 

 

$

82,130

 

 

$

 

 

$

82,386

 

 

(1)

Excludes $108.8 million and $34.6 million held in operating accounts as of December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, respectively.

The fair values of the marketable securities that are classified as Level 1 in the table above were derived from quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company can access. The fair value of marketable securities that are classified as Level 2 in the table above were derived from non-binding market consensus prices that were corroborated by observable market data, quoted market prices for similar instruments, or pricing models, such as discounted cash flow techniques with all significant inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data. There were no transfers of instruments between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 during the financial periods presented. 

Derivatives

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate variability in gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes recorded in other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are largely offset by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. The derivatives have maturities of approximately 30 days.

 

The settlement result of forward foreign currency contracts included in the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017 was a loss of $2.5 million and a gain of $1.4 million, respectively, and these balances are included in other income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

55


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments on a gross basis:

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Notional Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

Asset

 

 

Liability

 

 

(in millions)

 

 

Asset

 

 

Liability

 

Undesignated Hedges:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase

 

$

25.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

27.5

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.1

 

Sell

 

$

21.8

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

16.8

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 5. Cash and Investments

The following table presents cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale investments as of the following dates (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Market

Value

 

Cash

 

$

108,845

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

108,845

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

Commercial paper

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,993

 

Marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposits

 

 

9,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

9,497

 

Commercial paper

 

 

7,933

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

7,932

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

15,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58

)

 

 

15,730

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

7,706

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

7,682

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

 

$

151,878

 

 

$

 

 

$

(86

)

 

$

151,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Market

Value

 

Cash

 

$

34,643

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

34,643

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

 

256

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

256

 

Marketable securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency securities

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

1,495

 

Certificates of deposits

 

 

14,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

14,497

 

Commercial paper

 

 

7,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

7,949

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

48,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

(105

)

 

 

47,968

 

Asset-backed securities

 

 

10,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

10,221

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

 

$

117,162

 

 

$

 

 

$

(133

)

 

$

117,029

 

 

Available-for-sale marketable securities, readily convertible to cash, with maturity dates of 90 days or less are classified as cash equivalents, while those with maturity dates greater than 90 days are classified as marketable securities within short-term assets. All marketable securities as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, were available-for-sale and reported at fair value based on the estimated or quoted market prices as of the balance sheet date. Gross realized gains and losses on sale of securities are recorded in other income, net, in the Company’s statement of operations. Net realized gains for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016 was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

56


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Unrealized gains or losses, net of tax effect, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within stockholders' equity. Both the gross unrealized gains and gross unrealized losses for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017 were insignificant and no marketable securities had other than temporary impairment. All marketable securities as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, had effective maturity dates of less than three ye ars.

 

 

Note 6. Accounts Receivable

The Company maintains arrangements under which eligible accounts receivable in Japan are sold without recourse to unrelated third-party financial institutions. These receivables were not included in the consolidated balance sheets as the criteria for sale treatment had been met. After a transfer of financial assets, an entity stops recognizing the financial assets when control has been surrendered. The agreement met the criteria of a true sale of these assets since the acquiring party retained the title to these receivables and had assumed the risk that the receivables will be collectible. The Company pays administrative fees as well as interest ranging from 0.62% to 1.48% based on the anticipated length of time between the date the sale is consummated, and the expected collection date of the receivables sold. The Company sold $64.3 million and $18.6 million of receivables during fiscal years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively. There were no material gains or losses on the sale of such receivables. There were no amounts due from such third-party financial institutions at December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

 

 

Note 7. Financial Statement Components

The following tables provide details of selected financial statement components as of the following dates (in thousands):

 

 

 

At

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

Inventories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials and sub-assemblies

 

$

31,434

 

 

$

32,187

 

Work in process

 

 

22,383

 

 

 

13,498

 

Finished goods

 

 

8,098

 

 

 

7,175

 

Inventories

 

 

61,915

 

 

 

52,860

 

Inventories-delivered systems

 

 

180

 

 

 

1,534

 

Total inventories

 

$

62,095

 

 

$

54,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

15,571

 

 

$

15,573

 

Building and improvements

 

 

21,354

 

 

 

20,880

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

39,898

 

 

 

36,380

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

2,551

 

 

 

2,420

 

Software

 

 

10,116

 

 

 

9,558

 

Capital in progress

 

 

6,027

 

 

 

4,418

 

Total property, plant and equipment, gross

 

 

95,517

 

 

 

89,229

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(47,617

)

 

 

(44,419

)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

47,900

 

 

$

44,810

 

(1) Total depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 was $6.5 million, $6.7 million, and $6.8 million, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued warranty

 

$

4,379

 

 

$

4,863

 

Accrued taxes

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

813

 

Customer deposits

 

 

293

 

 

 

 

Accrued professional services

 

 

448

 

 

 

534

 

Third party commissions

 

 

1,382

 

 

 

76

 

Other

 

 

1,181

 

 

 

963

 

Total other current liabilities

 

$

9,421

 

 

$

7,249

 

 

57


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

Foreign

Currency

Translations

 

 

Defined

Benefit

Pension Plans

 

 

Unrealized

Income (Loss)

on Investment

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

$

(5,817

)

 

$

(227

)

 

$

(2

)

 

$

(6,046

)

Current period change

 

 

4,170

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(88

)

 

 

3,922

 

Balance as of December 30, 2017

 

 

(1,647

)

 

 

(387

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

(2,124

)

Current period change

 

 

(482

)

 

 

(259

)

 

 

308

 

 

 

(433

)

Balance as of December 30, 2018

 

$

(2,129

)

 

$

(646

)

 

$

218

 

 

$

(2,557

)

 

The items above, except for unrealized income (loss) on investment, did not impact the Company’s income tax provision. The amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated other comprehensive income into income statement line items were insignificant.

 

 

Note 8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s goodwill during the years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively (in thousands):

 

 

Amounts

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

$

8,940

 

Foreign currency movements

 

 

1,292

 

Balance as of December 30, 2017

 

 

10,232

 

Foreign currency movements

 

 

378

 

4D acquisition

 

 

15,762

 

Balance as of December 29, 2018

 

$

26,372

 

 

There were no business acquisitions made by the Company during fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

Impairment - Goodwill and Long-lived Assets

The Company’s impairment review process is completed during the fourth quarter of each year, or whenever events or circumstances occur that indicate that an impairment may have occurred. The goodwill impairment assessment involves three tests, Step 0, Step 1 and Step 2. The Company performs a Step 0 test, which involves an initial qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If, after assessing the qualitative factors, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is necessary. Otherwise, no further testing is necessary.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment assessment during the fourth quarter of 2018 by first performing a Step 0 qualitative assessment. As part of this assessment, the Company considered the trading value of the Company's stock, the industry trends, and the Company's sales forecast and products plans. The Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value was more than the carrying values of the Company's reporting unit and therefore did not proceed to the Step 1 goodwill impairment test.

The process of evaluating the potential impairment of long-lived assets is highly subjective and requires significant judgment. In estimating the fair value of these assets, the Company made estimates and judgments about future revenues and cash flows. The Company’s forecasts were based on assumptions that are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage its business. Changes in these estimates could change the Company’s conclusion regarding impairment of the long-lived assets and potentially result in future impairment charges for all or a portion of their balance at December 29, 2018. The Company did not record any impairment charges related to goodwill in fiscal year 2018.

The Company assesses if there have been triggers that may require it to evaluate the reasonableness of the remaining estimated useful lives of its intangible assets. No such triggers were identified during fiscal year 2018.

58


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Intangible assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. The Company recorded $23.5 million of intangible assets in conjunction with its acquisition of 4D in 2018 (See Note 3 – Acquisition). Intangible assets as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 consisted of the f ollowing (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

 

Adjusted cost

 

 

Accumulated

amortization

 

 

Net carrying

amount

 

Developed technology

 

$

35,954

 

 

$

(16,532

)

 

$

19,422

 

Customer relationships

 

 

6,531

 

 

 

(1,519

)

 

 

5,012

 

In-Process research and development

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

Trade name

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

1,492

 

Total

 

$

45,385

 

 

$

(18,059

)

 

$

27,326

 

 

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

 

Adjusted cost

 

 

Accumulated

amortization

 

 

Net carrying

amount

 

Developed technology

 

$

18,887

 

 

$

(16,681

)

 

$

2,206

 

Customer relationships

 

 

9,438

 

 

 

(9,438

)

 

 

 

Brand names

 

 

1,927

 

 

 

(1,927

)

 

 

 

Patented technology

 

 

2,252

 

 

 

(2,252

)

 

 

 

Trade name

 

 

80

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

Total

 

$

32,584

 

 

$

(30,378

)

 

$

2,206

 

 

The amortization of finite-lived intangibles is computed using the straight-line method. Estimated lives of finite-lived intangibles range from two to fifteen years. Total amortization expense for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, was $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

There were no impairment charges related to intangible assets recorded during either the year ended December 29, 2018 or December 30, 2017. During 2018, the Company retired $16.1million of intangible assets that had been fully amortized for both book and tax purposes that were deemed to have no future utility to the Company.

The estimated future amortization expense of finite intangible assets as of December 29, 2018, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Years

 

Amounts

 

2019

 

 

2,997

 

2020

 

 

2,905

 

2021

 

 

2,905

 

2022

 

 

2,905

 

2023

 

 

2,905

 

Thereafter

 

 

11,309

 

Total future amortization expense

 

 

25,926

 

 

In-Process research and development of $1.4 million acquired in the 4D acquisition has been omitted from the above table as its estimated useful life is indeterminant at December 29, 2018. It will be tested for impairment, along with Goodwill, until its estimated useful life becomes finite.

 

Note 9. Warranties

Product Warranty – The Company sells the majority of its products with a 12 months repair or replacement warranty from the date of acceptance or shipment date. The Company provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to the cost of products sold. The estimated future warranty obligations related to product sales are recorded in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The estimated future warranty obligations are affected by the warranty periods, sales volumes, product failure rates, material usage, and labor and replacement costs incurred in correcting a product failure. If actual product failure rates, material usage, labor or replacement costs were to differ from the Company’s estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty obligations would be required. For new product introductions where limited or no historical information exists, the Company may use warranty information from other previous product introductions to guide it in estimating its

59


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

warranty accrual. The warranty accrual represents the best estimate of the amount necessary to settle future and existing claims on products sold as of the balance sheet date. The C ompany periodically assesses the adequacy of its reported warranty reserve and adjusts such amounts in accordance with changes in these factors.

Components of the warranty accrual, which were included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets with other current liabilities, were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

Balance as of beginning of period

 

$

4,863

 

 

$

3,838

 

Accruals for warranties issued during period

 

 

4,914

 

 

 

5,247

 

Settlements during the period

 

 

(5,871

)

 

 

(4,222

)

Addition of 4-D Warranty reserves

 

 

473

 

 

 

-

 

Balance as of end of period

 

$

4,379

 

 

$

4,863

 

 

 

 

Note 10. Commitments and Contingencies

Intellectual Property Indemnification Obligations – The Company will, from time to time, in the normal course of business, agree to indemnify certain customers, vendors or others against third party claims that Nanometrics’ products, when used for their intended purpose(s), or the Company’s intellectual property, infringe the intellectual property rights of such third parties or other claims made against parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under these indemnification obligations due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim. Historically, the Company has not made payments under these obligations and believes that the estimated fair value of these agreements is immaterial. Accordingly, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017.

Contractual Obligations – The Company maintains certain open inventory purchase agreements with its suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply availability for key components. The Company’s liability under these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as mutually agreed upon between the parties. This forecasted time-horizon can vary among different suppliers. The Company estimates its open inventory purchase commitment as of December 29, 2018 was approximately $42.8 million. Actual expenditures will vary based upon the volume of the transactions and length of contractual service provided. In addition, the amounts paid under these arrangements may be less in the event that the arrangements are renegotiated or cancelled.

The Company leases facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. Rent expense, which is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective lease, for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was approximately $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under its operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Operating

Leases

 

2019

 

 

3,002

 

2020

 

 

1,891

 

2021

 

 

1,051

 

2022

 

 

970

 

2023

 

 

750

 

Thereafter

 

 

696

 

Total

 

$

8,360

 

 

Legal Proceedings From time to time, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings or claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

60


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

On August 2, 2017, the Company was named as defendant in a complaint filed in New Hampshire Superior Court (“Co mplaint”). The Complaint, brought by Optical Solutions, Inc. (“OSI”), alleges claims arising from a purported exclusive purchase contract between OSI and the Company pertaining to certain product. On September 18, 2017, the Company removed the action to th e United States District Court for the District of New Hampshire. On September 25, 2017, the Company moved to transfer the Complaint to the District Court for the Northern District of California. On December 20, 2017, the Company filed its complaint agains t OSI in the California Superior Court for the County of Santa Clara alleging claims arising from OSI’s breach of certain purchase orders. The Company’s complaint was later removed by OSI to the Northern District of California.  On May 29, 2018, the Distri ct Court of New Hampshire issued an order granting the Company’s motion to transfer OSI’s Complaint to the Northern District of California and denying the Company’s motion to dismiss the Complaint without prejudice. On June 14, 2018, OSI’s Complaint was co nsolidated with the Company’s complaint against OSI. On August 9, 2018, OSI filed an Amended Complaint.  On September 19, 2018, the Company filed a motion to dismiss OSI’s Amended Complaint for failure to state a claim.  The Company’s motion to dismiss is set to be heard on February 28, 2019.  Trial has been set for May 16, 2022.

The Company records a provision for a loss when it believes that it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Based on current information, the Company believes it does not have any probable and reasonably estimable losses related to any current legal proceedings and claims. Although it is difficult to predict the outcome of legal proceedings, the Company believes that any liability that may ultimately arise from the resolution of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Note 11. Net Income Per Share

The Company presents both basic and diluted net income per share on the face of its consolidated statements of operations. Basic net income per share excludes the effect of potentially dilutive shares and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period plus the effect to all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period, including contingently issuable shares and certain stock options, calculated using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the share denominator of the basic and diluted net income per share computations is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in

   basic net income per share calculation

 

 

24,120

 

 

 

25,334

 

 

 

24,655

 

Potential dilutive common stock equivalents,

   using treasury stock method

 

 

480

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

498

 

Weighted average shares used in diluted net income

   per share calculation

 

 

24,600

 

 

 

25,919

 

 

 

25,153

 

 

For the year ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, the Company had securities outstanding which could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future. For the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the weighted average common share equivalents consisting of stock options and restricted stock units included in the calculation of diluted net income per share were 0.5 million, 0.6 million and 0.5 million shares, respectively.

 

 

Note 12. Stockholders' Equity and Stock-Based Compensation

Stockholders' Equity

Preferred and Common Stock

The authorized capital stock of Nanometrics consists of 47,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Repurchases of Common Stock

On November 15, 2017 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50.0 million of its common stock. This plan is referred to as the Stock Repurchase Plan. The Stock Repurchase Plan was completed in February 2018.

61


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Shares repurchased and retired in the years ended Dec ember 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 under the Stock Repurchase Plan, with the associated cost of repurchase and amount available for repurchase were as follows (in thousands, except number of shares and weighted average price per share):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

Number of shares of common stock repurchased

 

 

896,187

 

 

 

1,065,848

 

Weighted average price per share

 

$

25.65

 

 

$

25.33

 

Total cost of repurchase

 

$

22,987

 

 

$

26,999

 

Amount available for repurchase at end of period

 

 

 

 

$

23,001

 

Stock Option Plans

The Nanometrics option plans are as follows:

 

Plan Name

 

Participants

 

Shares

Authorized

 

2005 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Employees, consultants and directors

 

 

8,292,594

 

2000 Employee Stock Option Plan

 

Employees and consultants

 

 

2,450,000

 

2000 Director Stock Option Plan

 

Non-employee directors

 

 

250,000

 

Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan

 

Employees and consultants

 

 

205,003

 

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), eligible employees can elect to have salary withholdings of up to 10% of their base compensation to purchase shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of the lower of the market value of the stock at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period, subject to an annual statutory limitation. As of December 29, 2018, the Company had 443,694 shares remaining for issuance under the ESPP. Shares purchased under the ESPP were 70,214 shares, 122,298 shares and 212,619 shares in 2018, 2017 and 2016 at a weighted average price of $21.46, $21.19 and $14.29, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options, restricted stock units and employee stock purchases related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (collectively “Employee Stock Purchases”) based on estimated fair values. The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company's consolidated statement of operations.

Valuation and Expense Information

The fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires subjective assumptions, including future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise. The expected life was calculated using the simplified method allowed by the SAB 107. The risk-free rates were based on the U.S Treasury rates in effect during the corresponding period. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock price. The dividend yield reflects that the Company has not paid any cash dividends since inception and does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures are recognized upon occurrence. These factors could change in the future, which would affect the stock-based compensation expense in future periods.

62


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The weighted-average fair value of stock-based compensation to employees is based on the single option valuation approach. The estimated fair value of stock-ba sed compensation awards to employees is amortized over the vesting period. The weighted-average fair value calculations are based on the following average assumptions:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected life

 

0.5 years

 

 

0.5 years

 

 

0.5 years

 

Volatility

 

52.46%

 

 

37.2%

 

 

38.7%

 

Risk free interest rate

 

2.14%

 

 

0.91%

 

 

0.44%

 

Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

Stock Options

No stock options were granted in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016. A summary of activity of stock options is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

Outstanding

(Options)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Term (Years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in Thousands)

 

Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

 

440,545

 

 

$

15.06

 

 

 

2.12

 

 

$

4,405

 

Exercised

 

 

(223,364

)

 

 

13.35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled/Forfeited

 

 

(855

)

 

 

16.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2017

 

 

216,326

 

 

 

16.82

 

 

 

1.76

 

 

$

1,752

 

Exercised

 

 

(132,932

)

 

 

17.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled/Forfeited

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

 

 

83,394

 

 

$

15.80

 

 

 

1.19

 

 

$

988

 

Exercisable at December 29, 2018

 

 

83,394

 

 

$

15.80

 

 

 

1.19

 

 

$

988

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on the Company’s closing stock price of $27.65 as of December 29, 2018, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $2.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.7 million, respectively. The fair value of options vested during 2018 was negligible and during 2017 and 2016 was $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

63


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of December 29, 2018.

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Options Exercisable

 

Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(Years)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

 

Number

Exercisable

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

$12.98 - $14.59

 

 

1,694

 

 

 

1.58

 

 

$

14.03

 

 

 

1,694

 

 

$

14.03

 

$14.95 - $14.95

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

1.49

 

 

 

14.95

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

14.95

 

$15.00 - $15.00

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

0.62

 

 

 

15.00

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

15.00

 

$15.61 - $15.61

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

15.61

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

15.61

 

$15.65 - $15.65

 

 

3,375

 

 

 

1.21

 

 

 

15.65

 

 

 

3,375

 

 

 

15.65

 

$15.85 - $15.85

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

 

15.85

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

15.85

 

$16.00 - $16.00

 

 

100

 

 

 

1.72

 

 

 

16.00

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

16.00

 

$17.33 - $17.33

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

1.87

 

 

 

17.33

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

17.33

 

$18.22 - $18.22

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

2.16

 

 

 

18.22

 

 

 

1,200

 

 

 

18.22

 

$18.79 - $18.79

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

2.24

 

 

 

18.79

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

18.79

 

 

 

 

83,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 29, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock options was negligible.

Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)

Each RSU counts against the Company’s “2005 Equity Incentive Plan” at a ratio of one and seven tenths shares for each unit granted but represents an amount equal to the fair value of one share of the Company’s common stock. The Company granted 484,087 and 454,600 RSUs during the years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017, respectively, to key employees with vesting periods up to three years.

A summary of activity for RSUs is as follows:

 

Summary of activity for RSUs

 

Number

of RSUs

 

 

Weighted

Average Fair

Value

 

Outstanding RSUs as of December 31, 2016

 

 

819,785

 

 

$

16.79

 

Granted

 

 

454,600

 

 

 

27.12

 

Released

 

 

(387,592

)

 

 

16.81

 

Cancelled

 

 

(96,494

)

 

 

19.01

 

Outstanding RSUs as of December 30, 2017

 

 

790,299

 

 

 

22.46

 

Granted

 

 

484,087

 

 

 

36.57

 

Released

 

 

(362,762

)

 

 

20.79

 

Cancelled

 

 

(142,621

)

 

 

26.44

 

Outstanding RSUs as of December 29, 2018

 

 

769,003

 

 

$

31.39

 

 

As of December 29, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation costs related to RSU's was $12.5 million and is expected to be recognized as an expense over a weighted average remaining amortization period of 1.75 years.

Market-Based Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”)

In addition to granting RSUs that vest on the passage of time only, the Company granted PSUs to certain executives. The PSUs will vest in tranches over one, two, and three years based on the relative performance of the Company’s stock during those periods, compared to the performance of a peer group over the same period. If target stock price performance is achieved, 66.7% of the shares of the Company’s stock subject to the PSUs will vest, and up to a maximum of 100% of the shares subject to the PSUs will vest if the maximum stock price performance is achieved for each tranche. For certain shares granted in fiscal 2018, 62,500 shares are the cumulative maximum number of shares that may vest for all measurement periods.

64


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

A summary of activity for PSUs is as fo llows:

 

Summary of activity for PSUs

 

Number of PSUs

 

 

Weighted Average Fair Value

 

Outstanding PSUs as of December 31, 2016

 

 

107,500

 

 

$

9.94

 

Granted

 

 

122,050

 

 

 

20.51

 

Released

 

 

(38,500

)

 

 

10.41

 

Cancelled

 

 

(61,100

)

 

 

19.41

 

Outstanding PSUs as of December 30, 2017

 

 

129,950

 

 

 

15.60

 

Granted

 

 

63,133

 

 

 

24.45

 

Released

 

 

(47,929

)

 

 

12.10

 

Cancelled

 

 

(32,991

)

 

 

24.52

 

Outstanding PSUs as of December 29, 2018

 

 

112,163

 

 

$

22.37

 

Valuation of PSUs

On the date of grant, the Company estimated the fair value of PSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The assumptions for the valuation of PSUs are summarized as follows:

 

 

2018 Award

 

2017 Award

 

2016 Award

 

Grant Date Fair Value Per Share

 

$20.73-$25.18

 

$14.57-$26.75

 

$

8.52

 

Weighted-average assumptions/inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected Dividend

 

 

 

 

Range of risk-free interest rates

 

2.39%-2.63%

 

1.74%-1.84%

 

0.92%

 

Range of expected volatilities for peer group

 

22%-66%

 

22%-66%

 

22%-93%

 

The number of RSUs granted during fiscal year 2018 was 484,087, which counted as 822,948 shares against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, and the number of PSUs granted during fiscal year 2018 was 63,133, which counted as 107,327 shares against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of RSUs cancelled during fiscal year 2018 was 142,621, which counted as 242,456 shares against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, and the number of PSUs cancelled during fiscal 2018 was 32,991, which counted as 56,085 shares against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

The number of RSUs granted during fiscal year 2017 was 454,600, which counted as 772,820 shares, and PSUs granted during fiscal year 2017 was 122,050, which counted as 207,485 against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of RSUs cancelled during fiscal year 2017 was 96,494, which counted as 164,040 shares, and PSUs cancelled during fiscal year 2017 was 61,100, which counted as 103,870, against the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan. Each RSU represents an amount equal to the fair value of one share of the Company's common stock.

A summary of activity under the Company’s stock option plans including options, RSUs and PSUs during fiscal year 2018, 2017 and 2016 and shares available for grant as of the respective period end dates, is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

Shares available for grant at beginning of fiscal year

 

 

1,874,765

 

 

 

1,334,581

 

 

 

1,916,589

 

Additional Shares Authorized

 

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

Options - cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

176,587

 

Options - expired plan shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(116,192

)

RSUs - granted

 

 

(822,948

)

 

 

(772,820

)

 

 

(810,334

)

RSUs - cancelled

 

 

242,456

 

 

 

164,040

 

 

 

92,230

 

RSUs - shares issued to satisfy tax withholding obligations

 

 

-

 

 

 

251,724

 

 

 

179,117

 

PSUs - granted

 

 

(107,327

)

 

 

(207,485

)

 

 

(114,750

)

PSUs - cancelled

 

 

56,085

 

 

 

103,870

 

 

 

11,334.00

 

Shares available for grant at end of fiscal year

 

 

1,243,031

 

 

 

1,874,765

 

 

 

1,334,581

 

65


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Effective January 1, 2017, because of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 “ Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ”, the Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.  Refer to Note 2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements for further discussion on the adoption. As such, for fiscal year ended December 30, 2017, stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated statement of operations, net of actual forfeitures during the period. Prior to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-09, the Company estimated forfeitures at the time of grant, based on historical forfeiture experience, and revised if necessary in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differed from estimates. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016, has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.

Tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options are required to be separately classified in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company recognized $1.0 million of excess tax benefits in fiscal year 2016, and immaterial amounts in both fiscal years 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to the Company’s employees and directors pursuant to the employee stock option and employee stock purchase plans by function were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

Cost of products

 

$

704

 

 

$

842

 

 

$

403

 

Cost of service

 

 

772

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

509

 

Research and development

 

 

2,450

 

 

 

1,720

 

 

 

1,408

 

Selling

 

 

2,786

 

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

2,046

 

General and administrative

 

 

4,670

 

 

 

3,318

 

 

 

3,300

 

Total stock-based compensation expense related to employee

   stock options and employee stock purchases

 

$

11,382

 

 

$

8,819

 

 

$

7,666

 

 

 

Note 13. Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Nanometrics sponsors a statutory government mandated defined benefit pension plan (the “Benefit Plan”) in Taiwan for its local employees. The fair value of plan assets was $0.3 million for fiscal year ended 2018, and $0.3 million for each of fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively; and the net funding deficiency of the Benefit Plan was $0.2 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016, respectively. Based on the nature and limited extent of the pension plan, we determined this pension plan was not material for separate disclosure.

 

 

Note 14. Income Taxes

Income Tax Assets and Liabilities - The Company accounts for income taxes whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized using enacted tax rates for the effect of temporary differences between the book and tax accounting for assets and liabilities. Also, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that management cannot conclude that it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will be realized in the future. The Company evaluates the deferred tax assets on a continuous basis throughout the year to determine whether or not a valuation allowance is appropriate. Factors used in this determination include future expected income and the underlying asset or liability which generated the temporary tax difference. The income tax provision is primarily impacted by federal statutory rates, state and foreign income taxes, and changes in the valuation allowance.

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Domestic

 

$

52,836

 

 

$

34,238

 

 

$

25,372

 

Foreign

 

 

14,688

 

 

 

9,060

 

 

 

3,763

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

67,524

 

 

$

43,298

 

 

$

29,135

 

66


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

616

 

 

$

3,250

 

 

$

697

 

State

 

 

142

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

85

 

Foreign

 

 

5,054

 

 

 

2,998

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

 

5,812

 

 

 

6,257

 

 

 

2,893

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

3,875

 

 

 

6,314

 

 

 

(16,641

)

State

 

 

(18

)

 

 

53

 

 

 

(320

)

Foreign

 

 

207

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

(832

)

 

 

 

4,064

 

 

 

6,839

 

 

 

(17,793

)

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

9,876

 

 

$

13,096

 

 

$

(14,900

)

 

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

At

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reserves and accruals

 

$

5,704

 

 

$

5,797

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

241

 

 

 

240

 

Shared-based compensation

 

 

1,644

 

 

 

1,483

 

Tax credit carry-forwards

 

 

6,920

 

 

 

9,669

 

Net operating losses

 

 

6,022

 

 

 

9,755

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(7,528

)

 

 

(1,525

)

Other

 

 

532

 

 

 

207

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

13,535

 

 

 

25,626

 

Less: Valuation allowance

 

 

(10,966

)

 

 

(13,702

)

Total deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance

 

 

2,569

 

 

 

11,924

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation & amortization

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(12

)

Other

 

 

(149

)

 

 

(167

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(162

)

 

 

(179

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

2,407

 

 

$

11,745

 

 

As of December 29, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $23.5 million in California, $1.7 million in other states, and $18.3 million in foreign countries, which begin to expire in 2018.

As of December 29, 2018, the Company had available carryforward Federal and California R&D tax credits of $5.4 million and $10.2 million, respectively. Federal R&D tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2034. State R&D tax credits carryforward indefinitely.

During the years ended December 29, 2018, and December 30, 2017, the change in valuation allowances was ($2.7) million and $1.5 million, respectively. The decrease in the valuation allowance in 2018 was primarily related to a $4.8 million decrease from the dissolution of Nanda Technologies, a Germany based subsidiary. This amount was offset by an increase net benefit of the California deferred tax assets of $0.5 million and a $1.6 million increase from deferred tax assets in the Company’s Switzerland subsidiary. The realization of deferred tax assets is primarily dependent on the Company generating sufficient U.S. and foreign taxable income in future fiscal years. The Company regularly assesses the need for a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. In making that assessment, the Company considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets to determine, based on the weight of available evidence, whether it is more-likely-than-not that some or all the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

67


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

The Company continues to maintain valuation allowances against its California and Switzerland deferred tax assets as a result of uncertainties regarding the realization of the assets due to cumulati ve losses and uncertainty of future taxable income. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of the deferred tax assets in each of the applicable jurisdictions and maintain the valuation allowances until sufficient positive evidence exists to support a reversal. In the event the Company determines that the deferred tax assets are realizable, an adjustment to the valuation allowances will be reflected in the tax provision for the period such determination is made.

Differences between income taxes computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Income taxes computed at U.S. statutory rate

 

$

14,180

 

 

$

15,153

 

 

$

10,197

 

State income taxes

 

 

379

 

 

 

227

 

 

 

223

 

Foreign tax rate differential

 

 

(2,382

)

 

 

794

 

 

 

3,502

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

3,037

 

 

 

1,490

 

 

 

(25,738

)

Non-deductible equity compensation

 

 

(1,241

)

 

 

(1,803

)

 

 

380

 

Tax credits

 

 

(3,876

)

 

 

(2,336

)

 

 

(3,191

)

Domestic production activities deduction

 

 

-

 

 

 

(608

)

 

 

(354

)

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions

 

 

12

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

67

 

Other, net

 

 

(233

)

 

 

161

 

 

 

14

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

$

9,876

 

 

$

13,096

 

 

$

(14,900

)

 

As of December 29, 2018, The Company has provided U.S income taxes on all its foreign earnings. The Company continues to permanently reinvest the cash held offshore to support its working capital needs.   Accordingly, no additional foreign withholding taxes that may be required from certain jurisdictions in the event of a cash distribution have been provided thereon.

In December 2017, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (SAB 118), which allowed the Company to record provisional amounts during a measurement period not to extend beyond one year of the enactment date. As of December 29, 2018, the Company had finalized all provisional amounts related to the Tax Act.  Finalizing provisional adjustments related to the Tax Act did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 29, 2018.  The Company expects further guidance may be forthcoming from the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as regulations, interpretations and rulings from federal and state tax agencies, which could result in additional impacts.

The 2017 Tax Act creates a new requirement that global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by controlled foreign corporations (“CFCs”) must be included currently in the gross income of the CFCs’ U.S. shareholder. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current-period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into a company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company’s selection of an accounting policy for 2018 with respect to the GILTI tax rules was to treat GILTI tax as a current period expense under the period cost method.

The Company recognizes tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions and adjusts these liabilities when its judgment changes as a result of the evaluation of new information not previously available. Due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from the Company's current estimate of the tax liabilities. These differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which they are determined.

The accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, and the derecognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.


68


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

At

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Unrecognized tax benefits - beginning of the period

 

$

7,151

 

 

$

6,477

 

 

$

6,961

 

Gross increases-tax positions in prior period

 

 

132

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

23

 

Gross decreases-tax positions in prior period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,193

)

Gross increases-current-period tax positions

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

723

 

 

 

686

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(175

)

 

 

(81

)

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits - end of the period

 

$

8,108

 

 

$

7,151

 

 

$

6,477

 

 

 The unrecognized tax benefit at December 29, 2018, was $8.1 million, of which $4.6 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes. The total amount of penalties and interest were not material as of December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016. The Company does not expect a material change in its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. and various states including California, and the foreign jurisdictions of Korea, Japan, Taiwan, China, Singapore, Germany, France, United Kingdom, Switzerland, and Israel. Due to tax attribute carry-forwards, the Company is subject to examination for tax years 2003 forward for U.S. tax purposes. The Company was also subject to examination in various states for tax years 2002 forward. The Company is subject to examination for tax years 2010 forward for various foreign jurisdictions.

 

 

Note 15. Segment, Geographic, and Significant Customer Information

The Company has one operating segment, which is the sale, design, manufacture, marketing and support of thin film and optical critical dimension systems. The Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) because he has the final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment. The CODM does not receive discrete financial information about individual components of the Company's business. For the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017, and December 26, 2016, the Company recorded revenue from customers primarily in the United States, Asia and Europe. The following tables summarize total net revenues and long-lived assets (excluding intangible assets) attributed to significant countries (in thousands):

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Total net revenues (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

South Korea

 

$

108,938

 

 

$

94,082

 

 

$

44,735

 

China

 

 

72,305

 

 

 

29,826

 

 

 

43,460

 

Japan

 

 

64,252

 

 

 

41,979

 

 

 

26,604

 

United States

 

 

29,415

 

 

 

33,983

 

 

 

29,887

 

Singapore

 

 

22,167

 

 

 

21,810

 

 

 

37,096

 

Taiwan

 

 

14,012

 

 

 

20,147

 

 

 

27,189

 

Other

 

 

13,434

 

 

 

16,794

 

 

 

12,158

 

Total net revenues

 

$

324,523

 

 

$

258,621

 

 

$

221,129

 

 

(1)

Net revenues are attributed to countries based on the customer's deployment and service locations of systems.

69


NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)

 

 

 

 

Years Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

Long-lived tangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

46,325

 

 

$

43,427

 

Taiwan

 

 

275

 

 

 

510

 

South Korea

 

 

420

 

 

 

576

 

Japan

 

 

59

 

 

 

60

 

Singapore

 

 

618

 

 

 

92

 

All Other

 

 

203

 

 

 

145

 

Total long-lived tangible assets

 

$

47,900

 

 

$

44,810

 

 

With respect to customer concentration, Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., SK hynix, Toshiba Corporation, and Intel Corporation each accounted for more than 10% of total sales for the year ended December 29, 2018, and Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., SK hynix, Micron Technology, Inc., Intel Corporation, and Toshiba Corporation each accounted for more than 10% of total sales for the year ended December 30, 2017, and Micron Technology, Inc., Intel Corporation, SK hynix, and Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Limited each accounted for more than 10% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2016.

With respect to accounts receivable concentration, Toshiba Corporation and SK hynix each accounted for more than 10% of total receivables as of December 29, 2018, and Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd., Micron Technology, Inc., and Intel Corporation each accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 30, 2017.

 

 

 

 

70


 

SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Selected Quarterly Financial Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected consolidated quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 29, 2018 and December 30, 2017 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

 

 

Quarters Ended

 

 

 

December 29, 2018

 

 

September 29, 2018

 

 

June 30, 2018

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2018

 

Total net revenues

 

$

77,016

 

 

$

76,590

 

 

$

88,604

 

 

 

 

$

82,313

 

Gross profit

 

$

42,038

 

 

$

43,634

 

 

$

50,891

 

 

 

 

$

47,531

 

Income from operations

 

$

10,868

 

 

$

14,271

 

 

$

20,784

 

 

 

 

$

20,564

 

Net income

 

$

12,024

 

 

$

11,568

 

 

$

17,675

 

 

 

 

$

16,381

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.50

 

 

$

0.48

 

 

$

0.74

 

 

 

 

$

0.68

 

Diluted

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.47

 

 

$

0.72

 

 

 

 

$

0.67

 

Shares used in per share computations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

24,131

 

 

 

24,059

 

 

 

23,953

 

 

 

 

 

24,063

 

Diluted

 

 

24,481

 

 

 

24,466

 

 

 

24,442

 

 

 

 

 

24,483

 

 

 

 

Quarters Ended

 

 

 

December 30, 2017

 

 

September 30, 2017

 

 

July 1, 2017

 

 

April 1, 2017

 

Total net revenues

 

$

78,205

 

 

$

56,675

 

 

$

64,427

 

 

$

59,314

 

Gross profit

 

$

43,973

 

 

$

30,660

 

 

$

33,621

 

 

$

28,447

 

Income from operations

 

$

19,162

 

 

$

7,484

 

 

$

10,652

 

 

$

5,508

 

Net income (1)

 

$

10,798

 

 

$

5,764

 

 

$

8,288

 

 

$

5,352

 

Net income per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.43

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.33

 

 

$

0.21

 

Diluted

 

$

0.42

 

 

$

0.22

 

 

$

0.32

 

 

$

0.21

 

Shares used in per share computations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

25,378

 

 

 

25,494

 

 

 

25,307

 

 

 

25,133

 

Diluted

 

 

25,819

 

 

 

25,932

 

 

 

25,906

 

 

 

25,833

 

 

(1)

Our net income included a $2.9 million additional tax expense from the remeasurement of deferred tax assets relating to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that was signed into law on December 22, 2017

 

 

71


 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCO UNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”), as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Vice President, Finance (who is our Principal Financial Officer (“PFO”)), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with participation by our CEO and PFO, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 29, 2018, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, our CEO and PFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as amended. Our internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and PFO, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018. In making this assessment, we used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”).

Based on our assessment, which was conducted based on the COSO criteria, our management, including our CEO and PFO have concluded our internal control over financial reporting was effective, as of December 29, 2018.

We excluded 4D Technology Corporation (“4D”) from our assessment of internal controls over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018 because we acquired 4D in a purchase business combination on November 15, 2018. The total assets and total revenues of 4D represent 3% and less than 1% of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 29, 2018.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2018, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears under Item 8.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 29, 2018, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

72


 

ITEM 9B.

OTHE R INFORMATION

None.

 

73


 

PART III

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 29, 2018, specifically:

 

Information regarding our directors and any persons nominated to become a director, as well as with respect to some other required board matters, is set forth under Proposal 1 entitled “Election of Directors” and under “Corporate Governance.”

 

Information regarding our audit committee and our designated “audit committee financial expert” is set forth under the caption “Corporate Governance.”

 

Information on our code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees is set forth under the caption “Code of Ethics” under “Corporate Governance.”

 

Information regarding Section 16(a) beneficial ownership reporting compliance is set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”

 

Information regarding procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to our board of directors is set forth under the caption “Nominating and Governance Committee” under “Corporate Governance.”

Information regarding our executive officers is set forth at the end of Item I, Part 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant."

 

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding compensation of our named executive officers is set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding compensation of our directors is set forth under the caption "Compensation of Directors" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding compensation committee interlocks is set forth under the caption "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

The Compensation Committee Report is set forth under the caption "Compensation Committee Report" in the Proxy Statement, which report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners, directors and executive officers is set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

74


 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table gives information about the common stock that may be issued under all our existing equity compensation plans as of December 29, 2018.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be

issued upon exercise of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options

 

 

Number of securities  remaining

available for future issuance

under equity compensation

plans (excluding securities

reflected in first column)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

 

 

83,394

 

 

$

15.80

 

 

 

1,411,835

 

Equity plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

83,394

 

 

$

15.80

 

 

 

1,411,835

 

 

(1)

Consists of shares issuable under the company’s Accent Optical Technologies, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000 Director Stock Option Plan, 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (“ESPP”).   As of December 29, 2018, a total of 443,694 shares of our common stock remained available for issuance under the ESPP, and up to a maximum of 66,658 shares of our common stock may be purchased in the current purchase period. The shares issuable pursuant to our ESPP are not included in the number of shares to be issued pursuant to rights outstanding and the weighted-average exercise price of such rights as of December 29, 2018, as those numbers are not known. The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account 881,166 shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding awards of restricted stock units and performance-based shares, which have no exercise price.

 

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under the caption "Related Person Transaction Policy" under the caption "Corporate Governance" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Information regarding director independence is set forth under the caption “Board of Directors Meetings and Committees” under “Corporate Governance” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information regarding principal auditor fees and services is set forth under the proposal entitled “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

75


 

PART IV

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report on Form 10-K:

 

(1)

Consolidated Financial Statements.

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 on page 38 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(2)

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule.

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Nanometrics Incorporated is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Schedule

 

 

II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts as of and for the years ended December 29, 2018, December 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

 

Our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable consists of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended

 

Balance at

beginning

of period

 

 

Additions to Allowance

 

 

Charges Utilized/Write-offs

 

 

Balance

at end

of period

 

December 29, 2018

 

$

126

 

 

$

129

 

 

$

(85

)

 

$

170

 

December 30, 2017

 

$

73

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

(25

)

 

$

126

 

December 31, 2016

 

$

150

 

 

$

 

 

$

(77

)

 

$

73

 

Our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets consists of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended

 

Balance at

beginning

of period

 

 

Additions to Allowance

 

 

 

 

Charges Utilized/Write-offs

 

 

Balance

at end

of period

 

December 29, 2018

 

$

13,702

 

 

$

470

 

 

 

 

$

(3,206

)

 

$

10,966

 

December 30, 2017

 

$

10,980

 

 

$

2,984

 

 

 

 

$

(262

)

 

$

13,702

 

December 31, 2016

 

$

36,786

 

 

$

1,643

 

 

 

 

$

(27,449

)

 

$

10,980

 

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

 

(3)

Exhibits.

See Exhibit Index under part (b) below.

(b)

Exhibit Index

 

76


 

Exhibit No.

Exhibit Description

Form

File Number

Date of First Filing

Exhibit

Number/

Appendix Reference

3.(i)

Certificate of Incorporation

 

 

 

 

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

8-K

000-13470

10/5/2006

3.1

3.(ii)

Bylaws

 

 

 

 

3.2

Bylaws of the Registrant

8-K

000-13470

4/12/2012

3.1

4

Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures

 

 

 

 

4.1

Form of Common Stock Certificate

10-Q

000-13470

11/9/2006

4.1

10

Material Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

Management Contracts, Compensatory Plans, Contracts or Arrangements

 

 

 

 

10.1

Registrant’s 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement

S-8

333-40866

7/6/2000

4.2

10.2

Form of Subscription Agreement Under the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

S-8

333-40866

9/3/2003

4.1

10.3

Registrant’s 2000 Director Stock Option Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement

10-K

000-13470

3/13/2008

10.2

10.4

Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan forms of Stock Option and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements

10-K

000-13470

3/13/2008

10.8

10.5

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers

8-K

000-13470

2/20/2013

10.1

10.6

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

8-K

000-13470

3/24/2015

99.1

10.7

General Severance Benefits and Change in Control Severance Benefits Agreement between Registrant and Timothy J. Stultz, Ph.D., dated May 19, 2015

8-K

000-13470

5/22/2015

10.1

10.8

General Severance Benefits and Change in Control Severance Benefits Agreement between Registrant and Kevin Heidrich, dated May 19, 2015

8-K

000-13470

5/22/2015

10.4

10.9

General Severance Benefits and Change in Control Severance Benefits Agreement between Registrant and Janet Taylor, dated August 27, 2015

10-Q

000-13470

10/30/2015

10.1

10.10

Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

DEF 14A

000-13470

4/4/2016

App 1

10.11

Compensation Arrangement with Non-Employee Directors

10-Q

000-13470

7/28/2016

10.3

10.12

General Severance Benefits and Change in Control Severance Benefits Agreement between Registrant and Rollin Kocher, dated November 10, 2016

10-K

000-13470

3/3/2017

10.22

10.13

Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2005 Equity Incentive Plan

DEF 14A

000-13470

4/4/2017

App B

10.14

Nanometrics Incorporated 2017 Executive Performance Bonus Plan

DEF 14A

000-13470

4/4/2017

App A

10.15

Transition and Consulting Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2017, between Nanometrics Incorporated and Timothy J. Stultz.

8-K

000-13470

8/11/2017

10.1

10.16

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre, dated November 27, 2017

10-K

000-13470

2/26/2018

10.20

10.17

Separation Agreement between Registrant and S. Mark Borowicz, dated January 8, 2018

10-K

000-13470

2/26/2018

10.21

10.18

Independent Contractor Agreement between Registrant and S. Mark Borowicz, dated January 8, 2018

10-K

000-13470

2/26/2018

10.22

77


 

10.19

Retention Bonus Agreement between Registrant and Greg Swyt, dated December 18, 2017

10-K

000-13470

2/26/2018

10.23

10.20

Relocation Agreement between Registrant and Rollin Kocher, dated December 16, 2016

10-K

000-13470

2/26/2018

10.24

10.21

Compensation Arrangements with Named Executive Officers

8-K

000-13470

3/1/2018

Item 5.02

10.22

Separation Agreement between Registrant and Jonathan Chou, dated June 25, 2018

10-Q

000-13470

8/2/2018

10.1

10.23

Retention Bonus Agreement between Registrant and Greg Swyt, dated June 25, 2018

8-K

000-13470

11/26/2018

10.1

 

All Other Material Contracts

 

 

 

 

10.24

Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Registrant, 4D Technology Corporation and Dr. James Wyant, James Millerd and Neal Brock, dated October 26, 2018

-

-

-

-

21

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

-

-

-

-

23

Consents of Experts and Counsel

 

 

 

 

23.1

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

-

-

-

-

31

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

 

 

 

 

31.1

Certification of Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre, principal executive officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

-

-

-

-

31.2

Certification of Greg Swyt, principal financial officer of the Registrant, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

-

-

-

-

32

Section 1350 Certifications

 

 

 

 

32.1*

Certification of Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre, principal executive officer of the Registrant, and Greg Swyt, principal financial officer of the Registrant pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This Certification accompanies this report and shall, not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed for purposes of §18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

-

-

-

-

100.INS

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

100.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

100.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

100.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

100.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

100.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

Documents previously filed in the table above are incorporated by reference.

 

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None.

78


 

SIGNA TURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: February 25, 2019

 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

By:

 

/S/ Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

February 25, 2019

Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Greg Swyt

 

Vice President, Finance

 

February 25, 2019

Greg Swyt

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ B ruce C. R hine

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

February 25, 2019

Bruce C. Rhine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ J. T homas B entley

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

J. Thomas Bentley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ E dward J. B rown J r .

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

Edward J. Brown Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Robert G. deuster

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

Robert G. Deuster

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Christopher A. Seams

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

Christopher A. Seams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ Timothy J. Stultz

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

Timothy J. Stultz

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ C hristine A. T singos

 

Director

 

February 25, 2019

Christine A. Tsingos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

Exhibit 10.24

EXECUTION VERSION

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED ,

a Delaware corporation,

4D TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION ,

an Arizona corporation,

THE SELLERS

named herein

AND

DR. JAMES WYANT ,

as the Representative

October 26, 2018

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE II THE CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

 

Stock Purchase

 

15

Section 2.02

 

Cancellation of Options

 

16

Section 2.03

 

The Closing

 

16

Section 2.04

 

Deliveries at the Closing

 

17

Section 2.05

 

Closing Certificate

 

19

Section 2.06

 

Post-Closing Adjustment

 

19

Section 2.07

 

Withholding Rights

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

 

Organization of the Company

 

21

Section 3.02

 

Authorization of Transactions by the Company

 

22

Section 3.03

 

Noncontravention

 

22

Section 3.04

 

Litigation

 

22

Section 3.05

 

Subsidiaries

 

23

Section 3.06

 

Capitalization

 

23

Section 3.07

 

Brokers’ Fees

 

24

Section 3.08

 

Financial Statements

 

24

Section 3.09

 

Absence of Changes

 

24

Section 3.10

 

Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities

 

27

Section 3.11

 

Legal Compliance

 

27

Section 3.12

 

Assets

 

28

Section 3.13

 

Real Property

 

29

Section 3.14

 

Tax Matters

 

30

Section 3.15

 

Intellectual Property

 

32

Section 3.16

 

Material Contracts and Commitments

 

35

Section 3.17

 

Insurance

 

37

Section 3.18

 

Employees

 

37

Section 3.19

 

Employee Benefits

 

38

Section 3.20

 

Environmental Matters

 

40

Section 3.21

 

Customers and Suppliers

 

41

Section 3.22

 

Affiliate Transactions

 

41

Section 3.23

 

Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable

 

41

Section 3.24

 

Bank Accounts

 

42

Section 3.25

 

Product Liability; Product Recall

 

42

Section 3.26

 

Inventory

 

43

Section 3.27

 

Disclosure

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

i


 

 

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

 

Shares

 

44

Section 4.02

 

Organization; Authorization of Transactions by the Sellers

 

44

Section 4.03

 

Noncontravention

 

44

Section 4.04

 

Litigation

 

44

Section 4.05

 

Investor Suitability

 

44

Section 4.06

 

Investment Experience

 

45

Section 4.07

 

Purchase for Own Account

 

45

Section 4.08

 

Acknowledgements

 

45

Section 4.09

 

Restrictive Legends

 

45

Section 4.10

 

Limitation on Representations

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

 

Organization of Purchaser

 

46

Section 5.02

 

Authorization of Transactions by Purchaser

 

46

Section 5.03

 

Noncontravention

 

46

Section 5.04

 

Litigation

 

46

Section 5.05

 

Brokers’ Fees

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

 

Access; Opportunity to Ask Questions

 

47

Section 6.02

 

Conduct of Business

 

47

Section 6.03

 

Further Actions

 

50

Section 6.04

 

Consents and Conditions

 

51

Section 6.05

 

Physical Inventory Count

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

 

Press Releases

 

51

Section 7.02

 

Confidentiality; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement

 

51

Section 7.03

 

Transfer Taxes

 

54

Section 7.04

 

Tax Indemnification and Other Matters

 

54

Section 7.05

 

Further Assurances

 

56

Section 7.06

 

Release

 

56

Section 7.07

 

Waiver of Milestone Payments

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

 

Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser

 

58

Section 8.02

 

Conditions to Obligation of the Company and the Sellers

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

ii

AmericasActive:12532620.29


 

 

ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

 

Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements

 

60

Section 9.02

 

Indemnification by the Principal Shareholders

 

61

Section 9.03

 

Indemnification by Purchaser

 

62

Section 9.04

 

Limitations on Indemnification

 

92

Section 9.05

 

Special Definitions

 

64

Section 9.06

 

Procedures for Third-Party Claims

 

64

Section 9.07

 

Procedures for Inter-Party Claims

 

65

Section 9.08

 

Offset

 

66

Section 9.09

 

Anti-Circularity

 

66

Section 9.10

 

Payments

 

66

Section 9.11

 

Treatment of Indemnity Payments

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X TERMINATION

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

 

Termination

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

 

Representative

 

67

Section 11.02

 

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

 

70

Section 11.03

 

Remedies

 

70

Section 11.04

 

Entire Agreement

 

70

Section 11.05

 

Successors and Assigns

 

70

Section 11.06

 

Counterparts

 

70

Section 11.07

 

Headings

 

70

Section 11.08

 

Notices

 

71

Section 11.09

 

Amendments and Waivers

 

72

Section 11.10

 

Incorporation of Schedules

 

72

Section 11.11

 

Construction

 

72

Section 11.12

 

Interpretation

 

72

Section 11.13

 

Governing Law

 

73

Section 11.14

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

 

73

Section 11.15

 

Consent to Jurisdiction; Choice of Forum

 

73

Section 11.16

 

Specific Performance

 

73

Section 11.17

 

Arbitration

 

73

Section 11.18

 

Disclosure Schedules

 

75

 

iii

AmericasActive:12532620.29


 

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A - Sample Working Capital Exhibit

B-1 – Cash Escrow Agreement Exhibit B-2

– Stock Escrow Agreement Exhibit C –

Financial Statements

SCHEDULES

 

Stock Purchase Schedule

Schedule 2.03(g) – Payoff Indebtedness

Schedule 2.03(h) – Company Transaction Expenses

Schedule 2.05(k) – Termination Agreements Schedule

2.03(n) – Payoff Indebtedness

Schedule 3.01 - Business Qualifications

Schedule 3.03 - Consents, Permits and Authorizations

Schedule 3.04(a) - Pending Litigation

Schedule 3.04(b) - Judgments, Injunctions and Orders

Schedule 3.04(c) - Governmental Authority Proceedings

Schedule 3.05 - Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.06(a) - Capitalization

 

iv

AmericasActive:12532620.29


 

Schedule 3.07 - Brokers’ Fees Schedule

3.08 - Financial Statements Schedule

3.08(b) - Indebtedness Schedule 3.09 –

Absence of Changes Schedule 3.10 –

Undisclosed Liabilities Schedule 3.11(a) –

Legal Compliance Schedule 3.11(b) –

Permits

Schedule 3.12(a) - Assets

Schedule 3.13(b) - Leased Real Property

Schedule 3.13(c) - Improvements Schedule

3.14(b) - Tax Matters

Schedule 3.15(a) - Intellectual Property Rights

Schedule 3.15(c) - Third Party Intellectual Property Infringement and Payments Schedule

3.15(d) - Company Intellectual Property Infringement

Schedule 3.16(a) - Contracts and Commitments

Schedule 3.16(b) - Performance of Obligations

Schedule 3.17 - Insurance

Schedule 3.18(a) - Employees Schedule

3.18(b) - Employees Schedule 3.19(a) –

Employee Benefits

Schedule 3.19(b) - Employee Benefits Obligations and Liabilities Schedule

3.19(h) - Employee Bonuses

Schedule 3.20 - Environmental Compliance Schedule

3.21 - Customers and Suppliers Schedule 3.22(a) –

Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 3.22(b) - Affiliate Interest in Assets and Properties

Schedule 3.23 - Accounts Receivable Collateral and Security Arrangements Schedule

3.23(b) - Accounts and Notes Payable

Schedule 3.24 – Bank Accounts Schedule

3.25(b) – Product Warranties Schedule 3.26

- Inventory

Schedule 4.01 - Ownership of Shares

 

v

AmericasActive:12532620.29


 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into on October 26, 2018, by and among (i) 4D Technology Corporation, an Arizona corporation (the “ Company ”), (ii) Nanometrics Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”, (iii) each of the individuals signatory hereto under the heading “ Sellers ” on the signature pages hereto (the “ Sellers ”), and (v) Dr. James Wyant, as the representative of the Sellers (the “ Representative ”). Each of the above referenced parties is sometimes herein referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

The Sellers collectively own all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”).

 

At the Closing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Sellers desire to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser intends to purchase from the Sellers, all of the Shares in exchange for the delivery by Purchaser to (a) the Principal Shareholders cash and Purchaser Stock and (b) the Minority Shareholders of cash, in each case, as set forth herein (the “ Stock Purchase ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, the Parties agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Accounting Firm ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

 

Action ” means any action, suit, proceeding (including arbitration proceeding), investigation, complaint, examination, subpoena, claim, charge, grievance, order, audit, information request, governmental charge or inquiry.

 

Actual Cash ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) .

 

Actual Company Transaction Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) .

 

Actual Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) .

 

Actual Working Capital Deficiency ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

 

“Actual Working Capital Surplus” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b)

 

Adjustment due to Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(c) .

 

1

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Affiliate ” of a specified Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Business ” means the activities conducted or planned to be conducted and the services offered or planned to be offered by the Company as of the date of this Agreement, including the manufacturing and sale of interferometers, surface roughness profilers and surface defect gauges, for measuring precision surfaces and optics.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks located in the State of New York are authorized or obligated to close.

 

Business Name ” means “4D Technology,” either alone or in combination with other words, graphics or designs, including all Intellectual Property in said term, and any variation, derivative, translation, transliteration, shortening or acronym thereof.

 

Cancelled Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

 

Cash ” means, at any particular time, the cash and cash equivalents of the Company excluding issued but uncleared checks and drafts and customer deposits.

 

Cash Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, by and among Purchaser, the Representative and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto.

 

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17(a).

 

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

 

Closing Balance Sheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).

 

Closing Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05 .

 

Closing Consideration ” means Closing Cash Consideration plus Closing Stock Consideration.

 

2

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Closing Cash Consideration ” means (i) $40,000,000, plus (ii) the Estimated Cash, minus (iii) the Estimated Indebtedness, minus (iv) the Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, if any,   plus (v) the Estimated Working Capital Surplus, if any, minus (vi) the Estimated Company Transaction Expenses, minus (vii) the Option Payment and minus (viii) the Working Capital Escrow Amount, minus (ix) the Indemnification Escrow Stock Amount, minus (x) the IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount minus (xi) the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount minus (xii) Closing Stock Consideration, in each case of clauses (ii)-(vii) foregoing, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

Closing Stock Consideration ” means $4,000,000 of Purchaser Stock (or 125,117 shares of Purchaser Stock based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof).

 

COBRA ” means Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, section 4980B of the Code and any similar state Law.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Company Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02.

 

Company Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a) .

 

Company Software ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a).

 

Company Systems ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(e).

 

Company Transaction Expenses ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Company in anticipation of, in connection with, or otherwise related to, the Transactions and/or any related or alternative transactions (including (i) all of the fees, expenses and other costs of legal counsel, investment bankers, brokers, accountants and other representatives and consultants, (ii) all change of control, severance, termination or similar payments, (iii) any amounts paid in connection with obtaining any consents of Governmental Authorities or third parties in connection with the Transactions and (iv) employer’s share of payroll Taxes attributable to any payments made in anticipation of, in connection with, or otherwise related to, the Transactions.

 

Confidential Information ” means the information, observations and data (including trade secrets) obtained by a Seller during such Seller’s employment with, service to or ownership of the Company concerning the business or affairs of the Company, excluding any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of a disclosure by the Company, any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, Subsidiaries, officers, directors, members, partners, employees, attorneys, accountants or other representatives or agents).

3

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Customer Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a)(ii).

 

Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02 .

 

Disclosing Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17(d).

 

Disclosure Schedules ” means the disclosure schedules delivered by the Company to Purchaser concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Dispute Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

Employee Benefit Plan ” means each “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA), each retention, employment, severance, bonus, incentive, change-in-control, retirement, pension, profit-sharing, nonqualified, deferred compensation, equity or equity-based, welfare, vacation, health or medical, disability, or sick leave contract, plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement, and each other benefit or compensation contract, plan, program, policy, agreement or arrangement that is maintained, sponsored, contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company or its Affiliates, or with respect to which the Company, its or Affiliates, or any ERISA Affiliate has or could reasonably be expected to have any current or potential liability or obligation.

 

Environmental Laws ” means all Laws, including all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and other provisions having the force or effect of Law, all judicial and administrative orders and determinations, and all contractual obligations, whenever enacted or in effect, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning pollution, protection of the environment, worker health or safety, or public health or safety, including, without limitation, all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, Release, threatened Release, control, exposure to, manufacturing or cleanup of any Hazardous Substances or wastes, noise or odor.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person that at any relevant time is or was considered a single employer with the Company or any of its Affiliates under section 414 of the Code.

 

Escrow Agent ” means Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

Escrow Agreements ” means the Stock Escrow Agreement and the Cash Escrow Agreement.

 

Estimated Cash ” means the estimated Cash of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05.

4

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Estimated Company Transaction Expenses ” means the estimated Company Transaction Expenses of the Company as of as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05 .

 

Estimated Indebtedness ” means the estimated Indebtedness of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05.

 

Estimated Working Capital Deficiency ” means the estimated Working Capital Deficiency of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05 .

Estimated Working Capital Surplus ” means the estimated Working Capital Surplus of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05 .

Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08 .

Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01.

Fully Diluted Capital Stock ” means the sum, without duplication, of (1) the aggregate number of shares of common stock of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, and (2) the aggregate number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of Options for which an Option Payment will be made.

GAAP ” United States generally accepted accounting principles, as of the date hereof, consistently applied and, to the extent not inconsistent with GAAP, using the same accounting principles, practices, procedures, policies, assumptions and methods (with consistent classifications, judgments, inclusions, exclusions and valuation and estimation methodologies) used by the Company in the preparation of the 2017 Financial Statements.

Governmental Authority ” means any (i) government; (ii) governmental or quasigovernmental authority of any nature (including any governmental agency, branch, department, official or entity and any court or other tribunal or arbitral); or (iii) body exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power of any nature; or (iv) any Person acting pursuant to a grant of authority from a Governmental Authority, in the case of any of clause (i) through (iv), whether federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, supranational or of any other jurisdiction.

5

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Hazardous Substance ” means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, flammable materials, explosives, radioactive materials, radon gas, lead-based paint, asbestos in any form, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, and toxic mold or fungus of any kind or species, (b) any chemicals or other materials or substances which are defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” “pollutants,” or words of similar import under any applicable Environmental Law, and (c) any other chemical, material, waste or substance exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated under any applicable Environmental Law.

Improvements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c).

Indebtedness ” means at a particular time, without duplication and whether current or non- current, (i) any indebtedness for borrowed money or issued in substitution or exchange for indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) any indebtedness evidenced by any loan agreement, note, bond, debenture or other debt security or similar instrument, (iii) any indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor or otherwise (other than trade payables and other current liabilities, in each case to the extent included as current liabilities in the definition of “Working Capital”), (iv) any commitment by which a Person assures a creditor against loss (including contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit), (v) any indebtedness guaranteed in any manner by a Person (including guaranties in the form of an agreement to repurchase or reimburse), (vi) any obligations under capitalized leases with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, or with respect to which obligations a Person assures a creditor against loss, (vii) any indebtedness secured by a Lien on a Person’s assets, (viii) customer deposits, progress payments and other deferred revenue, (ix) accrued interest to and including the Closing Date in respect of any of the obligations described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition and all premiums, penalties, charges, fees, expenses and other amounts that are or would be due (including with respect to early termination) in connection with the payment and satisfaction in full of such obligations, (x) all unpaid Taxes of the Company for all Pre- Closing Tax Periods and (xi) any liabilities of the Company that were not incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business (including as may result from the Transactions), in each case, whether or not such items are included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, as it relates to the Company on or prior to the Closing, Indebtedness shall also include any amounts due to any Seller.

Indemnification Escrow Funds ” means the (i) Indemnification Escrow Stock, if any of such stock has not been sold in exchange for cash, (ii) if any of such stock has been sold in exchange for cash, the amount of such cash plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon, (iii) the IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon and (iv) the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon. The Indemnification Escrow Funds will be available to satisfy any amounts owed by the Principal Shareholders to Purchaser under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreements.

6

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Indemnification Escrow Stock ” means 125,117 shares of Purchaser Stock issued to the Principal Shareholders to be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Stock Escrow Agreement, which Purchaser Stock will be available to satisfy any amounts owed by the Principal Shareholders to Purchaser under this Agreement in accordance with the terms of the Stock Escrow Agreement. To the extent that any Purchaser Stock is released to an Indemnified Party under ARTICLE VII such Purchaser Stock shall be valued based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof. “Indemnification Escrow Stock Amount” means $3,000,000.

Indemnified Party ” means either a Purchaser Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party, as applicable.

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05 .

Individual Seller Breach ” means, with respect to any Seller, the breach by such Seller of any representation or warranty made solely as to such Seller in ARTICLE V or any covenant or agreement made by such Seller in this Agreement, or in each case in any of the certificates, agreements or other documents furnished by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement.

Intellectual Property ” means all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world:

(i) all patents, patent applications (including originals, divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, revisions, reexaminations and reissues thereof), patent disclosures, inventions and invention disclosures (whether or not patentable); (ii) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, corporate names, logos, slogans, and all other indicia or origin (and all translations, transliterations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing) and Internet domain names, franchises, and all registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing together with all goodwill associated with each of the foregoing (collectively, “Trademarks”); (iii) all works of authorship (whether or not copyrightable), copyrights and copyrightable works (including “look-and-feel”), mask works and moral rights, and all registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing (collectively, “Copyrights”); (iv) all data, databases and database rights; (v) all trade secrets, confidential information, customer and supplier lists, data and customer records, reports, studies, software development methodologies, technical information, pricing and cost information, marketing plans and proposals, proprietary business information, process technology, plans, drawings, blue prints, know-how, techniques, protocols, processes, methods, specifications, data, algorithms, compositions, industrial models, architectures layouts, designs, research and development and inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice) (collectively, “Trade Secrets”); (vi) all Software; (vii) all right of publicity and privacy, including the right to use the name, voice, likeness, signature and biographies of real persons, together with all goodwill related thereto; (viii) all other proprietary or industrial rights and all other intellectual property and all rights associated with any of the foregoing; and (ix) all copies and tangible embodiments or descriptions of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).

 

Inter-Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.07 .

 

7

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Inventory ” means the Company’s, including all raw materials and supplies, packaging materials, manufactured or purchased products or parts, work in process, finished products and goods, products and goods in transit and returned products and goods, net of the reserves (including with respect to reserves for slow-moving, obsolete or damaged Inventory) applicable thereto (as shown on the Latest Balance Sheet).

 

“IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount” means $4,000,000.

 

“IP Indemnification Escrow Funds” means the IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon.

 

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Item of Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

 

JAMS Rules ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.17(a).

 

Key Sellers ” means James Millerd and Neal Brock.

 

“Knowledge” means, (a) with respect to the Company, the actual knowledge of James Wyant, James Millerd, and Neal Brock, Al Davis, Eric Novak and Chris Lesadd, after reasonable inquiry of such individuals direct reports, and (b) with respect to the Seller, the actual knowledge of such Seller.

“Latest Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.08.

 

“Law” means all laws (including common law), by-laws, statutes, rules, regulations, codes, injunctions, decrees, orders, settlements, awards, ordinances, registration requirements, disclosure requirements and other pronouncements having the effect of law of the United States, any foreign country or any domestic or foreign state, county, city or other political subdivision or of any Governmental Authority.

 

“Leased Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).

 

“Leases” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).

 

“Lien” means any security interest, pledge, license, bailment (in the nature of a pledge or for purposes of security), mortgage, deed of trust, option, warrant, purchase right, commitment, right of first refusal, grant of a power to confess judgment, conditional sale and title retention agreement (including any lease in the nature thereof), charge, third-party claim, demand, equity, security title, lien, encumbrance or other similar arrangement or interest in real or personal property.

 

“Majority Seller” means James Wyant.

 

8

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

“Material Adverse Effect” means any actual effect or change that, individually or together with any other effects or changes, has been or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the businesses, assets and properties, customer, supplier or employee relationships, condition (financial or otherwise), cash flows, prospects, results of operations or operations of the Company taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Company to consummate timely the Transactions, without regard to the duration or persistence, of such effects or changes, and regardless of whether or not such adverse effect or change can be cured or whether Purchaser has knowledge of such effect or change on the date hereof; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not include any such effects or changes resulting from any of the following, to the extent occurring after the date of this Agreement: (i) changes in general economic conditions which do not disproportionately affect the Company as compared to the effect of any such change on other companies in the same industry, (ii) changes resulting from acts of terrorism, acts of war or escalation of hostilities, or (iii) changes or effects directly resulting from any breach by Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

“Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(a).

 

“Minority Shareholder” shall mean any shareholder of the Company, other than a Principal Shareholder.

 

“Named Competitors” means KLA-Tencor, ASML, Nova Measuring Instruments, Zygo/Ametek, Bruker, Rudolph Technology, Applied Materials and any successor or assignee thereof, whether by acquisition, merger, assignment or otherwise, to a material portion of such Person’s business or assets.

 

“Notice of Disagreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b) .

 

“Option” means an option to purchase Common Stock of 4D Technology Corporation, an Arizona corporation, pursuant to the Plan.

 

“Option Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02 .

 

“Optionholder” means each holder of an Option.

 

“Option Release Agreements” means those agreements set forth in items 2 through 6 on Schedule 3.16(a)(v).

 

“Ordinary Course of Business” means the usual and ordinary course of business of the Company consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to quantity, timing, duration and frequency).

 

“Party” and “Parties” each has the respective meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

9

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

“Permits” means all licenses, permits, franchises, approvals, authorizations, qualifications, clearances, registrations, notifications, exemptions, certificates of need, accreditations, certifications, determinations, participation agreements, consents or orders of, or filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person necessary for the Company to carry on its business.

 

“Percentage Allocation” means (i) with respect to the Majority Seller, 70%, (ii) with respect to James Millerd, 15% and (iii) with respect to Neal Brock, 15%.

 

“Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a Governmental Authority, arbitrator, or another entity.

 

“Personal Information” means information that, alone or in combination with other information, allows the identification of an individual or can be used to contact an individual, or serve advertisements to an individual, including without limitation, name; Social Security number; government-issued identification numbers; health or medical information, including health insurance information; financial account information; passport numbers; user names/email addresses in combination with a password or security code that would allow access to an online account; unique biometric identifiers (e.g., fingerprints, retinal scans, face scans, or DNA profile); employee ID numbers; date of birth; digital signature; Internet Protocol (IP) addresses or other information that is regulated by one or more Privacy Laws (as defined herein).

 

“Physical Inventory Count” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.05.

 

“Plan” means the 4D Technology Corporation Amended and Restated Stock Option Plan.

 

“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means (a) all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and (b) the portion of any Straddle Period through the end of the Closing Date.

 

Principal Shareholders ” means the Majority Seller and the Key Shareholders.

Privacy and Security Requirements ” means, to the extent applicable to the Company, (a) all Privacy Laws; (b) all Privacy Contracts, and (c) all Privacy Policies.

 

Privacy Contracts ” means all Contracts between the Company and any Person that are applicable to the Processing of Personal Information.

 

Privacy Laws ” means the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) and any Laws applicable to the Processing of Personal Information including, without limitation, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act and all regulations promulgated thereunder, Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, all state Laws related to unfair or deceptive trade practices, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography And Marketing Act of 2003 (“CAN-SPAM”), the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), all Laws related to telemarketing and text messaging, all Laws related to breach notification, and all applicable foreign Laws including Regulation 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 (“GDPR”) and Directive 2002/58/EC as amended by Directive 2009/136/EC.

10

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Privacy Policies ” means all written policies and procedures applicable to the Company relating to the Processing of Personal Information, including without limitation all website and mobile application privacy policies and internal information security procedures.

 

Pro Rata Closing Cash Consideration to Minority Shareholder ” means, with respect to any Minority Shareholder, a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is (i) $40,000,000, plus (ii) the Estimated Cash, minus (iii) the Estimated Indebtedness, minus (iv) the Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, if any, plus (v) the Estimated Working Capital Surplus, if any, minus (vi) the Estimated Company Transaction Expenses, in each case of clauses (ii)-(vi) foregoing, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05, and (B) the denominator of which is the Fully Diluted Capital Stock.

 

Pro Rata Closing Cash Consideration to Principal Shareholder ” means, with respect to any Principal Shareholder, a fraction, (A) the numerator of which is (i) $40,000,000, plus (ii) the Estimated Cash, minus (iii) the Estimated Indebtedness, minus (iv) the Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, if any, plus (v) the Estimated Working Capital Surplus, if any, minus (vi) the Estimated Company Transaction Expenses, and minus (vii) the Working Capital Escrow Amount,  minus (viii) the Indemnification Escrow Stock Amount, minus (ix) the IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount minus (x) the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount minus (xi) the Closing Stock Consideration, in each case of clauses (ii)-(vi) foregoing, as set forth on the Closing Certificate delivered to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05, and (B) the denominator of which is the Fully Diluted Capital Stock.

 

Process ” or “Processing” means the creation, collection, use (including, without limitation, for the purposes of sending telephone calls, text messages and emails), storage, maintenance, processing, recording, distribution, transfer, transmission, receipt, import, export, protection (including safeguarding, security measures and notification in the event of a breach of security), access, disposal or disclosure or other activity regarding data (whether electronically or in any other form or medium).

 

Prohibited Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in section 406 of ERISA and section 4975 of the Code.

 

Purchased Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 .

 

Purchaser ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Purchaser Fundamental Representation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

 

Purchaser Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02.

 

11

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Purchaser Transaction Expenses ” means all fees, costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Purchaser and its Affiliates in anticipation of, in connection with, or otherwise related to, the Transactions and/or any related or alternative transactions, including all of the fees, expenses and other costs of legal counsel, investment bankers, brokers, accountants and other representatives and consultants.

 

Related Party ” means any officer, director, manager, equityholder, member or Affiliate of the Company, any individual related by blood, marriage or adoption to any such Person, and any Person controlled by any of the foregoing.

 

Release ” means the release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, emptying, escaping, dumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migrating of any Hazardous Substance into or thorough the environment.

 

Released Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06.

 

Releasee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06.

 

Representative ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount ” means $834,000.

 

Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Funds ” means the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon. The Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Funds will be available to satisfy any amounts owed by the Principal Shareholders to Purchaser under this Agreement in respect of Sales Taxes in accordance with the terms of the Cash Escrow Agreement.

 

Sales Taxes ” means any and all sales, use, business, occupation and similar Taxes attributable to periods or portions thereof ending on or before the Closing Date, including interest and penalties thereon.

 

Section 1542 ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.06 .

 

Securities  Act ”  means  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  the  rules  and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Security Breach ” means security breach or breach of Personal Information under applicable Laws.

 

Security Incident ” means any attempted or successful unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification, or destruction of information or interference with system operations of IT Assets.

 

Seller Fundamental Representation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 .

 

12

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Seller Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 .

 

Sellers ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Software ” means any and all (i) computer programs, architectures, libraries, firmware and middleware, including any and all software implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code or object code, (ii) databases and compilations, including any and all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (iii) descriptions, flow-charts and other work product used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, and (iv) all programmer and user documentation, including user manuals and training materials, relating to any of the foregoing.

 

State / Local Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(f)(i).

 

Stock Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, by and among Purchaser, the Representative and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto.

 

Stock Purchase ” has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

 

Straddle Period ” means any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, a majority of the partnership, limited liability company or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of partnership, limited liability company or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing director or general partner of such partnership, limited liability company or other business entity.

“Supply Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07.

 

Target Working Capital ” means $4,500,000.

 

13

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Tax ” means (i) any federal, state, local or foreign taxes, charges, fees, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities (including income, receipts, ad valorem, value added, excise, real or personal property, sales, occupation, service, stamp, transfer, registration, natural resources, severance, premium, windfall or excess profits, environmental, customs duties, use, licensing, escheat, withholding, employment, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, share, capital, surplus, alternative, minimum, add-on minimum, estimated, franchise or any other taxes, charges, fees, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities of any kind whatsoever and denominated by any name whatsoever), whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary or combined basis or in any other manner, and includes any interest, fines, penalties, assessments, deficiencies or additions thereto, (ii) any and all liability for amounts described in clause (i) of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor of any of the foregoing) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local or foreign Law or regulation, and (iii) any and all liability for amounts described in clause (i) or (ii) of any Person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any Law, rule or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing.

 

Tax Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(f)(ii).

 

Tax Return ” means any federal, state, local, foreign or other applicable return, declaration, report, claim for refund, information return or statement or other document (including any amendment thereto and any related or supporting schedules, statements or information) with respect to any Tax filed or required to be filed with the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority or Taxing Authority or agency or in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax of any party or the administration of any Laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.

 

Taxing Authority ” means any Governmental Authority having or purporting to have jurisdiction with respect to any Tax.

 

Third-Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.06 .

 

Threshold ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(a)(i).

 

Total Indemnity Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(b)(i).

 

Tracking Applications ” means any software disseminated by any entity on behalf of the Company that is installed on consumers’ computers or devices and used by any entity on behalf of the Company to monitor, record or transmit information about activities occurring on the computers on which it is installed, or about data that is stored or created on, transmitted from or transmitted to the computers or devices on which it is installed.

14

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Escrow Agreements, the Option Release Agreements and the agreements, documents and instruments contemplated hereby and thereby (including each of the agreements, documents and instruments contemplated by the Disclosure Schedules).

 

Transactions ” means the Stock Purchase and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Transfer Taxes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03 .

 

Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations under the Code promulgated by the United States Treasury Department.

 

VDA Filing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(g).

 

WARN Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(b).

 

Working Capital ” means (x) the book value of all current assets of the Company, including accounts receivable, inventories and prepaid expenses (net of reserves), but specifically excluding Cash, marketable securities and Tax assets, minus (y) the book value of all current liabilities of the Company, including accounts and other amounts payable and accrued expenses, but specifically excluding customer deposits, progress payments, deferred revenue, Tax liabilities, unpaid Company Transaction Expenses and Indebtedness, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and the Sample Working Capital set forth on Exhibit A (to the extent the Sample Working Capital was prepared in accordance with GAAP).

 

Working Capital Deficiency ” means the excess, if any, of the Target Working Capital over the Working Capital as of immediately prior to the Closing.

 

Working Capital Escrow Amount ” means $500,000.

 

Working Capital Escrow Funds ” means the Working Capital Escrow Amount, plus any interest or other investment proceeds thereon.

 

Working Capital Surplus ” means the excess, if any, of the Working Capital over the Target Working Capital as of immediately prior to the Closing.

 

ARTICLE II

THE CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

 

Section 2.01 Stock Purchase .  At the Closing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Purchaser and the Sellers shall consummate the Stock Purchase, pursuant to which each Seller shall sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser all of such Seller’s right, title and interest in and to each of the Shares set forth opposite such Seller’s name on the Stock Purchase Schedule under the column labeled “Purchased Shares” (the “ Purchased Shares ”), free and clear of all Liens and with no restrictions on the voting or transfer thereof, in exchange for (a)

15

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

the issuance by Purchaser to the Principal Shareholders of a number of shares of Purchaser Stock (the “ Purchaser Stock ”) set forth opposite such Seller’s name on the Stock Purchase Schedule under the column heading “Shares of Purchaser Stoc k,” (b) payment by Purchaser to each Principal Shareholder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, of cash in an amount equal to the Pro Rata Closing Consideration to Principal Shareholder for each share of common stock held by such Principal Shareholder as of the Closing and as set forth opposite such Principal Shareholder’s name on the Closing Statement, subject to Purchaser’s review and consent, and (c) payment by Purchaser to each Minority Shareholder, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, of cash in an amount equal to the Pro Rata Closing Consideration to Minority Shareholder for each share of common stock held by such Minority Shareholder as of the Closing and as set forth opposite such Minority Shareholder’s name on the Closing Statement, subject to Purchaser’s review and consent.

 

Section 2.02 Cancellation of Options.

 

(a) Immediately prior to the Closing, each Option shall be surrendered to the Company and immediately cancelled by the Company (each, a “ Cancelled Option ”) in exchange for the right to receive an amount of cash (without interest) (such amount payable with respect to each Option hereunder being referred to as the “ Option Payment ” and collectively with respect to all Options, the “Option Payments”) as provided in this Section 2.02 and pursuant to the Option Release Agreements.

 

(b) Simultaneously with the Closing, Purchaser shall, on behalf of the Company, make the Option Payments to the Optionholders. For each Optionholder, the Option Payment shall be an amount of cash (without interest) as set forth in such Optionholder’s Option Release Agreement. Each such Option Payment paid by Purchaser shall be paid to the Optionholders net of any applicable withholding, and all withholdings shall be timely remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any payments in respect of Cancelled Options that were issued to a Person in exchange for services (including an employee of the Company) shall be treated as compensation for Tax purposes to the extent required by Law.

 

(d) Simultaneously with the Closing, the Plan shall be terminated, following the Closing Date, no Optionholder or any participant in the Plan will have any right to acquire any equity securities of the Company as a result of such holder’s Options.

 

Section 2.03 The Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place (a) at 10:00 a.m. local time on November 15, 2018, provided, that all of the conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the Transactions (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective Parties shall take at the Closing itself) have been satisfied or waived, (b) if such conditions have not been satisfied or waived on or prior to November 15, 2018, then at 10:00 a.m. local time on the third Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the Transactions (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective Parties shall take at the Closing itself), or (c) on such other date as the Parties may mutually determine in writing (the “ Closing Date ”).

16

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 2.04 Deliveries at the Closing . At the Closing, the Parties shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, each of the following:

 

(a) Each Seller shall deliver, in each case accompanied by a stock power duly executed by such Seller (and, if a married individual, a spousal consent duly executed by such Seller’s spouse), to Purchaser, accompanied by certificates representing such Seller’s Purchased Shares, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser;

 

(b) Purchaser shall issue to the Principal Shareholders a number of shares of Purchaser Stock as determined pursuant to Section 2.01, and shall record such issuance on its books and records;

 

(c) Purchaser shall deliver to each Principal Shareholder cash as determined pursuant to Section 2.01 , by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by each such Principal Shareholder;

 

(d) Purchaser shall deliver to each Minority Shareholder cash as determined pursuant to Section 2.01 , by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by each such Minority Shareholder;

 

(e) Purchaser, the Representative and the Escrow Agent shall deliver to each other a duly executed copy of each of the Escrow Agreements;

 

(f) Purchaser shall deliver to the Escrow Agent the Working Capital Escrow Amount, the IP Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount and the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Cash Amount, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated in writing by the Escrow Agent;

 

(g) Purchaser shall deliver to the Escrow Agent the Indemnification Escrow Stock;

 

(h) The Purchaser shall repay, on behalf of the Company, each item of Indebtedness listed on Schedule 2.04(h), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Persons and accounts specified in the payoff letters delivered pursuant to Section 2.04(n);

 

(i) The Purchaser shall pay, on behalf of the Company, the Company Transaction Expenses specified on Schedule 2.04(i) (which shall be delivered by the Company to Purchaser at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing), by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Persons or bank accounts specified on Schedule 2.04(i) and the Company shall have delivered to Purchaser invoices for all such Company Transaction Expenses, in each case, prior to the Closing Date;

 

(j) The Purchaser shall make the Option Payments to be made by it pursuant to Section2.02 and deliver to the Purchaser evidence of each Cancelled Option;

 

17

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(k) As requested by Purchaser, the Company shall deliver to Purchaser resignations, effective as of the Closing, from each Person who holds any director, or officer position with the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing;

(l) The Parties shall have made all filings required to be made by them and have obtained all Permits and other authorizations and consents required to be obtained under all applicable Laws to consummate the Transactions in compliance with such Laws, in each case on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Purchaser;

 

(m) The Company shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate of the Secretary of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, dated as of the Closing Date, attaching (A) copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and (B) a copy of the resolutions of the Company’s board of directors approving this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Transactions;

 

(n) The Company shall deliver to Purchaser a payoff letter in respect of each item of Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 2.04(h) indicating that, upon payment of the payoff amount specified in such payoff letter, all outstanding obligations of the Company arising under or related to the Indebtedness owed to the Persons thereunder shall be repaid and extinguished in full and that, upon receipt of such amount, such Persons shall release its Liens in the assets and properties of the Company, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser;

 

(o) The Company shall have obtained releases of all Liens relating to the Business, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser (collectively, “Lien Releases”), and the Company shall deliver to Purchaser copies of each such Lien Release;

 

(p) The Company shall obtain, maintain and fully pay for irrevocable “tail” insurance policies naming the current and former directors and officers of the Company as direct beneficiaries with a claims period of at least five (5) years from the Closing Date, and providing for coverage in the amount of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate, the cost of which “tail” insurance policies shall be a Company Transaction Expense, and the Company shall deliver a copy of such insurance policies to Purchaser;

 

(q) The Company shall deliver to Purchaser a (i) certificate of good standing of the Company issued by the Arizona Corporation Commission and (ii) tax clearance certificate of the Company issued by the Department of Revenue of the State and taxing authority of its state of incorporation, in each case, dated as of a recent date, and in any state where the Company has material operations;

 

(r) Within five (5) Business Days following Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to Purchaser a CD containing true, correct and complete copies of such documents or agreements (together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto), and an index of such documents and agreements, which were posted to the Project Fang online data room hosted by Clio Connect as of immediately prior to Closing; and

 

18

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(s) The Company shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate from the Company, in form and substance as required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h), certifying that stock of the Company is not a “United States real property interest” for purposes of Section 1445 of the Code, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser that the Company will provide notice to the IRS in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h) .

Section 2.05 Closing Certificate. No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing, the Company shall have delivered to Purchaser a certificate, duly certified by an authorized officer of the Company, and in form and substance acceptable to Purchaser (the “Closing Certificate”) accurately setting forth: (a) the Estimated Cash as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (b) the Estimated Indebtedness as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (c) the Estimated Working Capital Deficiency, if any, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (d) the Estimated Working Capital Surplus, if any, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (e) the Estimated Company Transaction Expenses, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (f) the Closing Consideration, (g) the Pro Rata Closing Consideration to Principal Shareholder and (h) the Pro Rata Share Consideration to Minority Shareholder. Concurrently with delivery of the Closing Certificate, the Company shall also deliver to Purchaser, in such detail as is reasonably acceptable to Purchaser, all information on which the calculations reflected in the Closing Certificate are based.

 

Section 2.06 Post-Closing Adjustment.

 

(a) Promptly, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to the Representative a balance sheet of the Company (the “Closing Balance Sheet”), which will reflect Purchaser’s determination of (i) the Cash of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (ii) the Indebtedness of the Company as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (iii) the Working Capital Deficiency, if any, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (iv) the Working Capital Surplus, if any, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date, (v) the Company Transaction Expenses, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date and (vi) the Closing Consideration. The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and the Sample Working Capital.

 

(b) If the Representative in good faith disagrees with Purchaser’s determination of the Cash, Indebtedness, Working Capital Deficiency, if any, Working Capital Surplus, if any, and/or Company Transaction Expenses, in each case as set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet, the Representative may, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Closing Balance Sheet (the “Dispute Period”), deliver a written notice (the “Notice of Disagreement”) to Purchaser setting forth each item of dispute (each, an “Item of Dispute”), the reasonable basis for such dispute and the Representative’s calculation of such Item of Dispute. If Purchaser does not receive a Notice of Disagreement within thirty (30) days after delivery by Purchaser of the Closing Balance Sheet, the Closing Balance Sheet shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the Parties. If Purchaser receives a Notice of Disagreement from the Representative within thirty (30) days after delivery by

19

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Purchaser of the Closing Balance Sheet, Purchaser and the Representative shall attempt in good faith to resolve each Item of Dispute, and, if any Item of Dispute is so resolved, the Closing Balance Sheet shall be modified to the extent necessary to reflect such resolution. If any Item of Dispute remains unresolved as of the thirtieth (30th) day after timely delivery by the Representative of the Notice of Disagreement, Purchaser and the Representative shall jointly retain BPM to resolve such remaining disagreement, it being understood that any item not included as an Item of Dispute on the Notice of Disagreement shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the Parties as set forth on the Closing Balance Sheet. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if BPM is then unavailable for such purposes, Purchaser and the Representative shall jointly retain an independent accounting firm of national standing to resolve such remaining disagreement; provided, that if Purchaser and the Representative are unable to agree on the choice of such accounting firm, then such accounting firm will be selected by lot (after each of Purchaser, on one hand, and the Representative, on the other hand, submits two such firms and excludes one firm submitted by the other) (the firm actually retained pursuant to this Section 2.06 , the “Accounting Firm”). Purchaser and the Representative shall request that the Accounting Firm render a determination as to each unresolved Item of Dispute as soon as practicable after its retention, and each of Purchaser, the Representative and each of their respective agents and representatives shall cooperate with the Accounting Firm and shall provide the Accounting Firm with reasonable access to their respective books, records, personnel and representatives and such other information as the Accounting Firm may reasonably request, so as to enable it to make such determination as quickly and accurately as practicable. The Accounting Firm shall consider only those items and amounts that were set forth in the Closing Balance Sheet and the Notice of Disagreement and that remain unresolved by Purchaser and the Representative, and in resolving any such Item of Dispute, the Accounting Firm may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either Party nor less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either Party. The Accounting Firm’s determination(s) shall be based upon the definitions of Cash, Indebtedness, Working Capital Deficiency, Working Capital Surplus and Company Transaction Expenses (as applicable) included herein. The Accounting Firm’s determination of each Item of Dispute submitted to it shall be in writing, shall conform to this Section 2.06 and, absent manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the Parties, and the Closing Balance Sheet shall be modified to the extent necessary to reflect such determination(s). The Accounting Firm shall allocate its fees, costs and expenses between Purchaser on the one hand, and the Sellers on the other hand, based upon the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to each such Person bears to the amount actually contested by such Person (treating the Sellers as a single Person for such purpose). The Cash, Indebtedness, Working Capital Deficiency, Working Capital Surplus and Company Transaction Expenses, in each case as of immediately prior to the Closing and as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.06 , are referred to herein as the “Actual Cash,” “Actual Indebtedness,” “Actual Working Capital Deficiency,” “Actual Working Capital Surplus,” and “Actual Company Transaction Expenses,” respectively. The Accounting Firm shall provide a determination of the “Final Adjustment Amount” which shall be equal to (and which may be a positive or negative number) the Accounting Firm’s determination of Closing Consideration pursuant to this Section 2.06 minus the Seller’s determination of Closing Consideration set forth in the Closing Certificate.

 

20

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(c) Payments. Within five (5) days after the determination of the Final Adjustment Amount, (i) if the Final Adjustment Amount is a positive number, Purchaser shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the account(s) designated in writing by the Representative an amount in cash equal to the Final Adjustment Amount; (ii) if the Final Adjustment Amount is a negative number, the Representative and Purchaser shall direct the Escrow Agent to pay to the account designated in writing by Purchaser (x) an amount in cash from the Working Capital Escrow Funds equal to the lesser of the Final Adjustment Amount and the amount of Working Capital Escrow Funds, and (y) an amount in cash from the Indemnification Escrow Funds held in the Working Capital Escrow Account (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement) equal to the amount by which the Final Adjustment Amount exceeds the Working Capital Escrow Funds, if any. In the event any Working Capital Escrow Funds remain in escrow following payment of the Final Adjustment Amount pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), Purchaser and the Representative shall jointly direct the Escrow Agent to pay immediately to the account designated in writing by the Representative an amount in cash equal to all of the Working Capital Funds remaining in the Working Capital Escrow Account. In the event that the Final Adjustment Amount is a negative number and the Working Capital Escrow Funds and Indemnification Escrow Funds are insufficient to satisfy the Majority Seller’s and Key Seller’s obligation to pay the Final Adjustment Amount to Purchaser in full, then within five (5) days after the determination of the Final Adjustment Amount, the Majority Seller and Key Sellers shall pay (in accordance with their Percentage Allocations) to Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds the amount of such deficiency. Furthermore, in the event that any Indemnification Escrow Funds are used to satisfy the Majority Seller’s and Key Sellers’ obligation to pay a Final Adjustment Amount to Purchaser, within five (5) days following such payment, the Majority Seller and Key Sellers shall (in accordance with their Percentage Allocations), in order to replenish the Indemnification Escrow Account, pay to the Escrow Agent, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount equal to the amount of Indemnification Escrow Funds used to pay such Final Adjustment Amount to Purchaser.

 

Section 2.07 Withholding Rights. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Purchaser, the Company and the Representative shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from amounts otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as any such Person is required to deduct and withhold under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by any such Person, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

As a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants to Purchaser, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

 

Section 3.01 Organization of the Company . The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Arizona and is duly qualified, licensed or admitted to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the operation of its business or the ownership of its assets requires it to be so qualified, licensed, admitted or in good standing. Schedule 3.01 lists all of the jurisdictions in which each of the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign entity.

 

21

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 3.02 Authorization of Transactions by the Company . The Company has full right, power and authority, and all licenses, permits and authorizations necessary, to own, lease and operate its properties, to carry on its businesses as now conducted, and to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Company Board ”) has unanimously (a) determined that the Transactions are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and ( b ) authorized and approved the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party, the execution and delivery by the Company of such Transaction Documents, and the performance by the Company of its obligations thereunder. The Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute, or will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles).

 

Section 3.03 Noncontravention . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.03 , neither the execution and the delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents, nor the consummation of the Transactions or the performance of any obligations hereunder and thereunder, (a) violate or conflict with any provisions of the Company’s governing documents, (b) violate, conflict with or result in a violation of, or constitute a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of any Law or order to which the Company is subject, or (c) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in or create in any Person the right to, accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, require any notice under, or result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to any equity interests or assets of the Company under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, lease, contract or other agreement to which the Company is a party, or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound. No consent, approval, license, Permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the Transactions. The Company has not received any written notice from any Governmental Authority indicating that such Governmental Authority would oppose or not promptly grant or issue its consent or approval, if requested, with respect to the Transactions.

 

Section 3.04 Litigation .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.04(a) , there is, and for the previous five (5) years there has been, no Action, whether written or oral, pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against, related to or affecting the Company or any of its assets or properties, at Law or in equity by or before a third Person or a Governmental Authority, including any Action with respect to the Transactions, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there exists no basis for any of the foregoing. The Company has not received any notice of, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there has been no, fact, circumstance or event which is or has been caused by or has allegedly been

22

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

caused by or is otherwise involving any services performed in connection with or on behalf of the Company that is reasonably likely to result in or serve as a basis for an Action by or for Damages to any Person. Neither the Company nor any of its assets is subject to or bound by any settlement or conciliation agreement, or any judgment, order, award, or decree of any court or Governmental Authority (including any restricting the use or disposition thereof).

 

(b) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.04(b) , there are, and for the previous five (5) years there have been, no judgments, settlements, awards, injunctions or orders outstanding against or affecting the Company or against or affecting any Seller or director or officer of the Company.

(c) Schedule 3.04(c) includes a brief summary description of all Actions, examinations, visitation reports, off-site reviews, subpoenas, audits, investigations, sweep letters or other inquiries by a Governmental Authority involving the Company, or any of its or their directors, officers, employees, or equityholders arising in connection with or relating to the Business occurring, arising or existing during the past five (5) years.

 

(d) The Company has delivered to Purchaser all responses of counsel for the Company to auditors’ requests for information regarding Actions pending or threatened against, relating to or affecting the Company, if any.

 

Section 3.05 Subsidiaries . The Company does not have any Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity, partnership, joint venture or other interest in any Person.

 

Section 3.06 Capitalization .

 

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 11,200,000 shares of voting common stock, no par value, of which 10,983,000 shares are issued and outstanding. All of such Shares are held beneficially and of record by the Sellers, in the amounts set forth on Schedule 3.06(a).

 

(b) Except for the Shares described in Section 3.06(a), there are (i) no other equity securities or voting securities of the Company, (ii) no securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or other equity securities or voting securities of the Company and (iii) no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights or other similar contracts or commitments that could require the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding any of its equity interests. There are no voting trusts, proxies or other agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any Shares. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the Company or any repurchase, redemption or other obligation to acquire for value any equity interests of the Company.

 

(c) All outstanding equity interests of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the Arizona Revised Statutes, the articles of incorporation of the Company, the bylaws of the Company or any agreement to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound. None of the outstanding Shares have been issued in violation of any federal or state securities Laws. There are no accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to any outstanding capital stock of the Company.

23

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Section 3.07 Brokers’ Fees . Except as provided on Schedule 3.07 , the Company  does not and will not have any liability or obligation (whether matured or unmatured) to pay any fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor, agent or other similar Person with respect to the Transactions on the basis of any act or statement made by or on behalf of the Company, any Seller, or any of their respective Affiliates, or any director, officer, manager, member, investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of any of them.

 

Section 3.08 Financial Statements.

(a) Exhibit C contains true and complete copies of the following financial statements (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”): (a) the balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended, (b) the balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2018 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the six (6) month period then ended, and (c) the balance sheet of the Company as of September 30, 2018 (the “ Latest Balance Sheet ”) and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the nine (9) month period then ended. Each of the Financial Statements (including in all cases the notes thereto, if any) is accurate and complete in all material respects, has been prepared from and is consistent with the books and records of the Company (which books and records are correct and complete in all material respects) and accurately presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the times and for the periods referred to therein. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.08, the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, subject to the absence of footnote disclosures (none of which footnote disclosures would, alone or in the aggregate, be materially adverse to the business, operations, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operating results, cash flow, Cash or Working Capital of the Company).

 

(b) Schedule 3.08(b) sets forth the Indebtedness of the Company, including the name of the lender, the principal amount owed as of the date of this Agreement, the interest accrued to the date of this Agreement and the per diem interest owing.

 

Section 3.09 Absence of Changes . Since June 30, 2018, there has not been, and there has been no event, circumstance or occurrence that has had or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the foregoing, since such date, except as set forth on Schedule 3.09, the Company has been operated only in the Ordinary Course of Business, and the Company has not:

 

(a) sold, licensed, leased, transferred or assigned any of its assets, tangible or intangible, or purchased any assets or properties of any Person, in each case other than for fair consideration in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

24

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) entered into any agreement, contract or arrangement (or series of related agreements, contracts and arrangements) either involving more than $25,000 or outside the Ordinary Course of Business, or any lease, sublease or license or other agreement relating to the use or occupancy of real property;

 

(c) caused or suffered any acceleration, amendment, termination (partial or complete), modification or cancellation of, or granted any waiver or given any consent or release with respect to, any agreement, contract, lease, license or arrangement (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, licenses and arrangements) with a customer or supplier or otherwise involving more than $25,000 or any lease, sublease or licensee or other agreement for the use or occupancy of real property, in each case to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets is bound, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no party intends to take any such action;

 

(d) imposed or suffered to exist any Lien upon any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

(e) made any capital investment in, any loan to or any acquisition of (or series of related capital investments in, loans to, or acquisitions of) the securities or assets (other than inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business) of any Person;

 

(f) (i) issued any note, bond or other debt security or created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed any Indebtedness or (ii) made any voluntary purchase, cancellation, prepayment or complete or partial discharge in advance of a scheduled payment date with respect to, or granted any waiver of any right of the Company under, any Indebtedness of or owing to the Company;

 

(f) cancelled, compromised, waived or released any right or claim (or series of related rights or claims) or settled or compromised any Action;

 

(g) made any capital expenditures or commitments therefor exceeding $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(h) delayed or postponed the payment of accounts or other amounts payable or other obligations or liabilities or accelerated the collection of any accounts or other amounts receivable;

 

(i) made any change in accounting practices or policies other than as required by applicable Law, including not having changed conduct related to cash management customs and practices (including with respect to maintenance of working capital balances, collection of accounts receivable, payment of accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other liabilities and pricing and credit policies) or, since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, having changed conduct related to cash management in any manner whatsoever;

 

(j) sold, securitized, factored or otherwise transferred any accounts receivable;

 

(k) experienced any material damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) to any real or personal property or equipment;

 

25

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(l) entered into, terminated or modified the terms of, any Material Contract;

 

(m) granted any increase in the base compensation of any of its current or former directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees or consultants other than any increase that, when combined with all other increases in the prior twelve (12)-month period, did not exceed three percent (3%) of the compensation on the date of such increase or increases and was in the Ordinary Course of Business, or made any payment of or agreed to become obligated to pay any bonus, severance or change of control payments or other consideration of any nature whatsoever (other than salary, commissions or consulting fees) to any of its current or former directors, officers, managers, members, partners, employees or consultants;

 

(n) implemented any facility closings or employee layoffs that could implicate the WARN Act;

 

(o) adopted, amended, modified or terminated any Employee Benefit Plan or other bonus, profit-sharing, incentive, severance or other plan, contract or commitment for the benefit of any of its directors, members, managers, officers, employees or representatives;

(p) made any loans or advances to any of its directors, members, managers, officers, employees, customers, suppliers or Affiliates or entered into any transaction with or for the benefit of any Affiliate other than the Transactions;

 

(q) granted any license or sublicense of, or covenant not to sue with respect to, any rights under or with respect to any Company Intellectual Property;

 

(r) sold, licensed, leased, transferred, assigned, abandoned, permitted to lapse or otherwise disposed of any Company Intellectual Property (other than items of registered Intellectual Property expiring at the end of their statutory terms) or disclosed any Trade Secrets of the Company other than pursuant to an agreement requiring each Person to whom the disclosure was made to maintain the confidentiality of, and preserve all rights of, the Company in such Trade Secrets;

 

(s) made or changed any tax election, changed any annual accounting period, adopted or changed any method of accounting, filed any amended Tax Return, entered into any closing agreement, failed to pay any Tax when due and payable, settled any claim or assessment, surrendered any right to claim a refund, offset or other reduction in liability, or consented to any extension or waiver of the limitations period applicable to any claim or assessment, in each case with respect to Taxes;

 

(t) authorized or effected any amendment or change in its articles of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents;

 

(u) instituted any Action;

 

26

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(v) authorized, issued, sold or otherwise disposed of any of its capital stock or other equity interests, or granted any options, warrants or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange or exercise) any of its capital stock or other equity interests, or modified or amended any right of any holder of any of its outstanding capital stock or other equity interests;

 

(w) declared, set aside or paid any dividend or made any distribution with respect to its capital stock or other equity interests (whether in cash or in kind) or directly or indirectly redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired any of its capital stock or other equity interests;

 

(x) accelerated the delivery or sale of products, offered discounts or price protections on the sale of products, delayed or cancelled the purchase of products or Inventory, or paid premiums on the purchase of products, in each case, outside the Ordinary Course of Business;

(a) materially diminished, increased or terminated any material promotional program;

(y) entered into a new line of business or abandoned or discontinued any existing line of business;

 

(z) taken or omitted to take any action which has or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(aa) authorized or entered into any agreement, contract or commitment to do any of the foregoing or authorized, taken or agreed to take (or fail to take) any action with respect to the foregoing.

 

Section 3.10 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities .  Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 , the Company have no liability (whether known or unknown, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due and regardless of when asserted), except for liabilities set forth on the Latest Balance Sheet, and to Company’s Knowledge there is no basis for any Action with respect to any such liability. Without limitation on the foregoing, the Company has no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened liability in respect of any product or service warranties outside of the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

Section 3.11 Legal Compliance .

 

(a) The Company is in compliance with, and for the previous five (5) years has been in compliance in all material respects with, all applicable Laws of Governmental Authorities relating to the operation of the Business and the maintenance and operation of its properties and assets. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11(a), no notices have been received by and no claims have been filed against the Company alleging a violation of any such Laws.

 

27

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) The Company owns, holds or possesses and has at all times materially complied with, and is in compliance with, all material Permits which are required for the operation and ownership of the Business. Schedule 3.11(b) sets forth a complete and correct list and brief description of each Permit owned, held or possessed by the Company, as of the date hereof, and all such Permits are valid and in full force and effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11(b), (i) the Company has fulfilled and performed in all material respects its obligations under each of the Permits which it owns, holds or possesses, and (ii) no written notice of cancellation, default or dispute concerning any Permit, or of any event, condition or state of facts described in the preceding clause, has been received by the Company as a result of the execution of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or consummation of the Transactions or otherwise and all of the Permits will be available for use by the Company immediately after the Closing. The Company has not been a party to or subject to any proceeding seeking to revoke, suspend or otherwise limit any Permit. The Company is not in breach or violation of, or default under, any such Permit. The Company has not received any notice from any Governmental Authority that any of its properties, facilities, equipment, operations or business procedures or practices fails to comply with any applicable Law or Permit. The Company is not in breach or violation of any of the items listed on Schedule 3.11(b). There has been no decision by the Company not to renew any Permit.

 

(c) The Company is in compliance, and during all periods for which any applicable statute of limitations has not expired has complied, in all material respects, with the applicable provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, in each case as amended, and other similar Laws of any other jurisdiction and has not (i) made any contribution, bribe, gift, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property or services in violation of any Law (x) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business for the Company, (y) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured by the Company, or (z) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of the Company or the Business, (ii) accepted or received any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts in connection with the Business or (iii) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of the Company.

 

(d) None of the Company nor any of the Company’s officers or senior management employees is (or during the last five years has been) under or subject to any administrative, civil or criminal investigation, indictment, audit, information lawsuit, subpoena, document request, Action, or mediation involving or related to the Company or any of its Affiliates, officers or employees with respect to an alleged, potential or actual violation of any Law or breach of contract.

 

Section 3.12 Assets .

 

(a) The Company is in possession of and, except as set forth on Schedule 3.12(a) , owns good and marketable title, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens for current Taxes not yet due and payable and Liens otherwise reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet) to all of the properties and assets (i) reflected on the face of the Latest Balance Sheet, (ii) located on any of the premises of the Company, or (iii) necessary for, or used in, the conduct of the Businesses, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) foregoing, for the Leased Real Property.

28

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

(b) The facilities, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets of the Company have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, subject to normal wear and tear, are in good condition and repair in all respects, fit for their particular purpose, and are usable in the Ordinary Course of Business. The Company owns or leases under valid leases all facilities, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

(c) The properties and assets owned by the Company, together with the Leased Real Property are sufficient for the conduct of the Business, as conducted and as presently contemplated to be conducted by Sellers as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.13 Real Property .

 

(a) The Company does not own or have any options to acquire any real property.

 

(b) Schedule 3.13(b) sets forth and describes, including address and the name of the landlord, sublandlord, licensor or grantor, a true and complete list of all real property leased, subleased, licensed to or otherwise used or occupied by the Company (the “ Leased Real Property ”). The Leased Real Property comprises all of the real property occupied or operated in connection with, used or intended to be used in, or otherwise related to, the business of the Company. The Company has delivered to Purchaser correct and complete copies of the leases, subleases, licenses, occupancy agreements and other similar agreements set forth on Schedule 3.13(b), including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “ Leases ”). With respect to each Lease set forth or required to be set forth on Schedule 3.13(b) :

 

(i) the Lease is legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect;

(ii) the Lease shall continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the Transactions;

 

(iii) the Company is not and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no other party to any such Lease is, in material breach or default, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration thereunder;

 

(iv) the Company’s possession and quiet enjoyment of the Leased Real Property under such Lease has not been disturbed;

 

(v) no security deposit or portion thereof deposited with respect to such Lease has been applied in respect of a breach or default under such Lease which has not been redeposited in full;

 

29

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(v i ) the Company does not owe, and will not owe in the future, any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees with respect to such Lease;

 

(vii) the Company has not subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any Person the right to use or occupy such Leased Real Property or any portion thereof;

 

(viii) the Company has not collaterally assigned or granted any other security interest in such Lease or any interest therein; and

 

(ix) there are no Liens on the estate or interest created by such Lease.

 

(c) All buildings, structures, improvements, fixtures, building systems and equipment, and all components thereof, located on, attached to and included in the Leased Real Property (the “ Improvements ”) are, except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(c) , in good condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear, and sufficient for the operation of and occupancy relative to the businesses of the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business. There are no structural deficiencies or latent defects affecting any of the Improvements and, there are no facts or conditions affecting any of the Improvements which would, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the use or occupancy of the Improvements or any portion thereof in the operation of the Business.

 

Section 3.14 Tax Matters .

 

(a) All Tax Returns required to have been filed by the Company have been timely filed (taking into account any extensions thereof), and each such Tax Return is true, correct, and accurate in all material respects and prepared in accordance with applicable Laws. All Taxes have been paid whether or not shown on any Tax Return. The Company has timely withheld and paid to the appropriate Taxing Authority (i) all amounts required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to, or required to be shown on any information return provided to, any member, employee, creditor, independent contractor or other third Person and (ii) all sales, use, ad valorem and value added Taxes, and all required information returns with respect to any such amounts have been correctly prepared and filed. There are no Liens on any assets of the Company that arose in connection with the failure to pay any Tax other than Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable. The Company (i) has not been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company), (ii) has no liability for the Taxes of any Person under any state, local or foreign analogue of section 1.1502 6 of the Treasury Regulations, as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise and (iii) is not party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement.

 

(b) Except as provided on Schedule 3.14(b), there is no Action or request for a private letter ruling or other formal or informal tax guidance pending with respect to the Company in respect of any Taxes in any jurisdiction, nor has there been any such activity since January 1, 2010. The Company has not been informed of the commencement or anticipated commencement of any such activity, and the Company is not aware that any such activity is contemplated by any Taxing Authority. No claim has been made in writing by any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company and have not filed a Tax Return that it is or may be subject to Tax by such jurisdiction.

30

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

The Company has not commenced a voluntary disclosure proceeding in any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction that has not been fully resolved or settled. Neither the Company nor any member of any affiliated, combined or unitary group of which the Company is or has been a member, has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency, which period (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has not expired.

 

(c) Since the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, the Company has not incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as such term is used in GAAP, except in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

(d) The Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of (i) any change in method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) any “ closing agreement ” as described in section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) any installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) intercompany transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local, or non-U.S. income Tax law), (v) any use of an improper method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (vi) any prepaid amounts received on or prior to the Closing Date, (vii) election under section 108(i) of the Code or (viii) use of the cash method of accounting for income Tax purposes.

 

(e) The Company does not own an interest in (i) any entity, plan or arrangement that is treated for income Tax purposes as a partnership, (ii) a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, or (iii) a “passive foreign investment corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 1297.

 

(f) The Company (i) is not currently subject to a limitation under any state, local or foreign analogue of section 382, 383 or 384 of the Code, (ii) has not been a party to any “reportable transaction” within the meaning of section 6707A of the Code or section 1.6011-4 of the Treasury Regulations that could affect the Tax liability of the Company for any taxable year not closed by the applicable statute of limitations, (iii) has not distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code, (iv) is not and has never been a “United States Real Property Holding Company” within the meaning of section 897 of the Code, (v) is not a party to any contract, agreement, plan or arrangement, including this Agreement, which could give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible or on which a penalty or excise tax could be imposed, either on the payor or the payee, pursuant to section 404, 409A or 4999 of the Code, (vi) is not a party to any agreement, contract, or plan that has resulted or could result, separately or in the aggregate, in the payment of any “ excess parachute payment ” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state, local, or non-U.S. Tax law), (vii) does not have a permanent establishment (within the meaning of an applicable Tax treaty) or otherwise has an office or fixed place of business in a country other than the country in which it is organized, (vii) is not and has not been subject to adjustment under Section 482 of the Code (including any similar provision of state, local, or foreign Tax law) and (viii) is not subject to any Tax holiday or Tax incentive or grant in any jurisdiction.

31

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(g) Each agreement, contract, plan, or other arrangement that is a “ nonqualified deferred compensation plan ” subject to Section 409A of the Code to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party complies with and has been maintained in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service guidance issued thereunder and no amount under any such agreement, contract, plan, or other arrangement is subject to or has been subject to the interest and additional tax set forth under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to reimburse or otherwise ‘‘gross-up’’ any Person for the interest or additional tax.

 

(h) The Company is a corporation described in Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(i) of the Code.

 

(i) No debt of the Company is “corporate acquisition indebtedness” within the meaning of Section 279 of the Code or an “applicable high yield debt obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(e)(5) of the Code. No interest accrued or paid by the Company (whether as stated interest, imputed interest, or original issue discount) on any debt obligation of the Company is not deductible for income Tax purposes.

 

(j) No asset of the Company is tax-exempt use property under Section 168(h) of the Code. No portion of the cost of any asset of the Company has been financed directly or indirectly from the proceeds of any tax-exempt state or local government obligation described in Section 103(a) of the Code. None of the assets of the Company is property that is required to be treated as being owned by any other Person pursuant to the safe harbor lease provision of former Section 168(f)(8) of the Code.

 

Section 3.15 Intellectual Property .

 

(a) Schedule 3.15(a) sets forth a complete and correct list of all of the following owned by, or filed in the name of, the Company: (i) patented or registered Intellectual Property (including Internet domain names) and pending patent applications and applications for registrations of other Intellectual Property; (ii) unregistered Trademarks that are (A) currently used in connection with any material product or service sold, provided or offered by the Company, or (B) otherwise material to the business of the Company; (iii) unregistered Copyrights that are (A) embodied in or necessary to any material product or service sold, provided or offered by the Company, or (B) otherwise material to the business of the Company; and (iv) all material Software owned by the Company (collectively, “ Company Software ”), including, in each case: (A) where applicable, the domestic or foreign jurisdiction in which each such item of Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance or registration has been filed and (B) the owner of record for each such item of Intellectual Property. The Company owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to all of the Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule 3.15(a) and the Business Name and owns and possesses all right, title and interest in and to, or have a valid and enforceable license to use pursuant to a written license agreement set forth on Schedule 3.15(a), all other Intellectual Property (in each case, free and clear of all Liens) necessary for, or used or held for use in, the operation of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as applicable) as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted by Sellers (collectively, and together with the Business Name and the Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule 3.15(a), the

32

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Company Intellectual Property ”). The Transactions shall not impair any right, title or interest of the Company in or to any of the Company Intellectual Property or Company Systems. Immediately subsequent to the Closing, the Company Intellectual Property and Company Systems will be owned or available for use by the Company on terms and conditions identical to those under which the Company owned or used the Company Intellectual Property and Company Systems immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(b) All Intellectual Property disclosed on Schedule 3.15(a) is valid, enforceable, has been duly maintained, is subsisting and in full force and effect, and has not been cancelled, expired or abandoned and is not the subject of any cancellation, opposition or other similar proceeding. With respect to any Trademarks owned by the Company, the Company has not licensed such Trademarks. The Company is not obligated to pay any royalties and/or fees or any other payments or compensation, presently or at any time hereafter to any Person under any patent, Trademark, Copyright or other Intellectual Property license or other agreement, other than under those licenses listed on Schedule 3.15(a) for which there is also a notation regarding such an obligation to pay such royalties and/or fees.

 

(c) To the Knowledge of the Company, there has not been, and there is not currently any, unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement, misappropriation or dilution or any other violation of any Company Intellectual Property or the Business Name by any Person, including by any employee, consultant, former employee or former consultant of the Company, and to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts that indicate the likelihood of any of the foregoing. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.15(c), the Company has not sent to any Person or otherwise communicated to any Person any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice asserting that such Person has infringed, misappropriated, diluted or acted in conflict with or otherwise violated any of the Company Intellectual Property, including any assertion that such other Person has conducted any acts of unfair competition. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(c), there are no royalties, fees or other payments or compensation payable to any Person, or to the Company by any Person by reason of the Company’s ownership, use, sale or disposition of any Company Intellectual Property. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable measures to protect and maintain the confidentiality of its and their Trade Secrets (including all Confidential Information) and other Intellectual Property; including by ensuring that each of the current employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries have executed non-solicitation, non-disclosure and proprietary information assignment  agreements  (including  assignments  pursuant  to  which  all  Intellectual  Property conceived, developed, discovered or otherwise created by such Person within the scope of such Person’s employment or other engagement with the Company has been assigned to the Company).

 

(d) The Company, including its use of the Business Name or any other Company Intellectual Property, has not infringed, misappropriated, diluted or conflicted with or otherwise violated, and the conduct of the business of the Company as conducted presently or in the past and as presently proposed to be conducted by Sellers (including any use of the Business Name) do not and will not infringe, misappropriate, dilute or conflict with or otherwise violate, and have not infringed, misappropriated, diluted or conflicted with or otherwise violated, any Intellectual Property of any Person. The Company has not engaged in any acts of unfair competition and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts that indicate the likelihood of any of the foregoing.

33

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Except as set forth on Schedule 3.15(d) , the Company has not received any allegations, assertions or suggestions of any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice (including any unsolicited offers to license letters) that: (i) the Company has infringed, misappropriated, diluted or acted in conflict with or otherwise violated any of the Intellectual Property owned by any Person; (ii) the Company has conducted any acts of unfair competition or other legal wrong against any third party; or (iii) the Company Intellectual Property is invalid, unenforceable or otherwise defective, inoperable, unregisterable, unpatentable or ineffective. or challenging the Company’s ownership of, or right to use, any Company Intellectual Property. To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no facts that indicate the likelihood of any of the foregoing.

(e) The Company has information technology systems (including Software) sufficient to operate its businesses as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted by Sellers (the “ Company Systems ”). The Company has appropriate disaster recovery plans, procedures and facilities for their respective businesses, have routinely tested such plans, and have taken all reasonable steps to safeguard the information technology systems utilized in the operation of their respective businesses as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted by Sellers, including the use of commercially available antivirus software with the intention of protecting the Company’s products from becoming infected by viruses and other harmful code. To the Knowledge of Company, there have been no successful unauthorized intrusions or breaches of the security of the Company’s information technology systems. There has not been any material malfunction with the Company’s information technology systems that has not been remedied or replaced in all material respects, or any unplanned downtime or service interruption. The Company has implemented or is in the process of implementing in a timely manner any and all security patches or security upgrades that are generally available for the Company’s information technology systems. No third party providing information technology services to the Company has failed to meet any service obligations.

 

(f) The Company has not experienced any Security Breaches or material Security Incidents, and the Company is not aware of any written or oral notices or complaints from any Person regarding such a Security Breach or material Security Incident. The Company has not received any written or oral complaints, claims, demands, inquiries or other notices, including without limitation a notice of investigation, from any Person (including any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority or entity) regarding the Company's Processing of Personal Information or compliance with applicable Privacy and Security Requirements.

 

(g) The Company is and always has been in compliance with all applicable Privacy and Security Requirements. The Company has a valid and legal right (whether contractually, by law or otherwise) to access or use all Personal Information and any other information of any Person that is Processed by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the use and/or operation of its products, services and business.

 

(h) The Company has implemented Privacy Policies as required by applicable Privacy and Security Requirements, and the Company is in compliance in all material respects with all such Privacy Policies. The Company has not any Tracking Applications in a manner that violates any applicable Privacy and Security Requirements.

34

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

(i) The Company has implemented reasonable physical, technical and administrative safeguards designed to protect Personal Information in its possession or control from unauthorized access by any Person, including the Company's employees and contractors, and to ensure compliance in all material respects with all applicable Privacy and Security Requirements. The Company contractually requires all third parties who have access to or receive Personal Information from the Company to materially comply with all applicable Privacy and Security Requirements, and to use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with industry standards to store and secure all Personal Information to protect against unauthorized Processing of the Personal Information.

 

(j) The execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions will not violate any applicable Privacy and Security Requirements or result in or give rise to any right of termination or other right to impair or limit the Company's rights to own or Process any Personal Information used in or necessary for the operation of the business of the Company.

 

Section 3.16 Material Contracts and Commitments .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16(a), the Company is not a party to or bound by, nor are any of its assets or properties bound by, any outstanding (in each case, whether written or oral) (“ Material Contracts ”):

 

(i) agreement with respect to the solicitation of customers, suppliers or prospective customers or suppliers;

 

(ii) contract or agreement with any of the customer of the Company (each, a “ Customer Agreement ”) and, any waiver, amendment or modification of any Customer Agreement;

 

(iii) contract for the employment or engagement of any officer, individual employee, or other Person on a full-time, part-time, consulting, independent contractor or other basis or agreement providing severance or other termination payments or change of control or other special compensation arrangement, or benefits or relating to loans to officers, directors, employees or affiliates;

 

(iv) obligation for Indebtedness; or any agreement or indenture relating to the borrowing of money or to the mortgaging, pledging, guaranteeing or otherwise placing a Lien on any asset or group of assets of the Company;

 

(v) partnership, joint venture, collaboration, joint marketing, equityholders’ or other similar contract with any Person;

 

35

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(v i ) lease, sublease, license or other similar agreement under which it is lessee or lessor of, or holds or operates or permits any third party to hold or operate, any property, real or personal, except for the Leases and except for any lease of personal property;

 

(vii) (x) agreement relating to the licensing of (or granting of a covenant not to sue with respect to) any Intellectual Property by the Company to any Person (including intra-Company license agreements) or by any Person to the Company o (except for licenses of unmodified commercially available mass marketed Software applications with a replacement cost and/or an aggregate annual license and maintenance fee of less than no greater than $15,000 for any such license or group of related licenses), (y) agreement relating to the development or assignment of any Intellectual Property and/or (z) any agreement affecting the Company’s ability to use or disclose any Intellectual Property (including any co-existence or settlement agreement);

 

(viii) contract or group of related contracts (excluding purchase orders entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business) for the purchase or sale of products or services under which the undelivered balance of such products and services has a selling price in excess of $50,000; or any other contract involving the payment or potential payment by or to the Company of more than $100,000 during any twelve (12)-month period;

 

(ix) contract with any Person containing any provision or covenant prohibiting or limiting the ability of the Company to engage in any business activity or compete with any Person or prohibiting or limiting the ability of any Person to compete with the Company or prohibiting or limiting disclosure or use of any confidential or proprietary information or other Intellectual Property;

 

(x) contract that contains a “most favored nation” or similar provision;

 

(xi) letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or definitive agreement relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) within the last five (5) years;

 

(xii) power of attorney or other similar agreement or grant of agency;

 

(xiii) profit sharing, stock option, stock purchase, stock appreciation, deferred compensation, severance or other similar plan or arrangement for the benefit of its current or former directors, managers, unitholders, members, officers or employees;

 

(xiv) collective bargaining agreement or other agreement to or with any labor organization or other employee representative;

 

(xv) settlement,  conciliation  or  similar  agreement  with  any  Governmental Authority;

 

(xvi) contract for transportation or freight services;

 

36

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(xv i i ) contract to provide rebates to any third parties; or

 

(xviii) other material agreement (or group of related agreements) not entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

(b) Each agreement, lease, contract, commitment or other arrangement set forth or required to be set forth on Schedule 3.16(a) is in full force and effect and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles). Except as specifically set forth on Schedule 3.16(b) , the Company has performed all material obligations required to be performed by it and is not, and to the Company’s Knowledge no other Party is, in default under or in breach of or in receipt of any claim of default or breach under any agreement, lease, contract, commitment or other arrangement set forth or required to be set forth on Schedule 3.16(a); and to Company’s Knowledge no event has occurred which with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would result in a default, breach or event of noncompliance under any such agreement. The Company has provided Purchaser with a correct and complete copy of, or, if oral, a reasonably complete and accurate written description of, each contract set forth or required to be set forth on Schedule 3.16(a), together with all amendments, waivers or other changes thereto.

 

Section 3.17 Insurance . Schedule 3.17 lists and briefly describes each insurance policy maintained by the Company with respect to its properties, assets, Business, operations and employees. All of such insurance policies are valid and binding and in full force and effect, and the Company is not in default with respect to its obligations under any of such insurance policies and has not received any notification of cancellation of any of such insurance policies, has no Knowledge of any reason or state of facts that could lead to the cancellation of such policies, and has no claim outstanding which could be expected to cause a material increase in the rates of such insurance policies. All premiums due under such policies have been paid when due, and the insurance coverage provided by any such policies will not terminate or lapse by reason of any of the Transactions or any of the Transaction Documents. The insurance policies listed on Schedule 3.17 are in amounts and provide coverages as required by applicable Governmental Authority, Law and any contract to which the Company is a party or by which any of its assets or properties is bound. The Company has not received notice that any insurer under any policy referred to in this Section 3.17 is denying liability with respect to a claim thereunder or defending under a reservation of rights clause.

 

Section 3.18 Employees .

 

(a) With respect to each employee and officer of the Company, Schedule 3.18(a) contains a list of the position or function, annual base salary or wages, any incentive, severance or bonus arrangement with respect to such Person, such Person’s unused vacation or paid time off accrual, 2017 cash bonuses received and target 2018 cash bonuses to be received, employment classification (exempt or non-exempt), and with respect to any such Person on leave at the time of the Closing, the nature of such leave and the anticipated date of return for such Person.

 

37

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Except as provided on Schedule 3.18(b) , no executive, key employee, or group of employees of the Company have notified the Company of such Person’s or group’s intent to terminate employment with the Company, and there are, and for the past three (3) years have been, no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened Actions, material disputes, disagreements, grievances, or controversies between the Company, on the one hand, and any employee, former employee, consultant or other independent contractor of the Company or any labor union or similar labor organization, on the other hand. The Company is not party to any collective bargaining agreement or collective bargaining relationship with any labor union or employee representative. To the Knowledge of the Company, no union organizing or decertification activities are underway or threatened, and no such activities have occurred since January 1, 2008. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened stoppages, strikes, lockouts, walkouts, or other material labor disputes with respect to the any of the Company, and no such dispute has occurred since January 1, 2008. The Company has complied in all material respects with all Laws relating to the employment of labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining, immigration, vacations, workplace safety and the payment of social security and other Taxes. All independent contractors of or to the Company are properly classified as such for purposes of applicable Law. Within the past three (3) years, the Company has not implemented any layoff of employees or facility closing that could implicate the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended, or any similar Law (collectively, the “ WARN Act ”), and no such action will be implemented without advance notification to Purchaser. None of the Company’s employees are employed pursuant to employment-related visas.

 

Section 3.19 Employee Benefits .

 

(a) Schedule 3.19(a) contains an accurate and complete list of each Employee Benefit Plan. With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, the Company provided Purchaser with true and complete copies of, where applicable, (i) the three (3) most recent annual reports (IRS Form 5500 series, with all applicable attachments), (ii) the plan and trust documents and all amendments thereto (including written summaries of all Employee Benefit Plans that are not in writing), (iii) the most recent summary plan description, (iv) the most recent favorable determination letter issued by the IRS, (v) all related insurance contracts, other funding arrangements and administrative service agreements, and (vi) all other material documents pursuant to which such Employee Benefit Plan is maintained, funded and administered.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(b) , none of the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any ERISA Affiliate maintains, sponsors, contributes to, has any obligation to contribute to, or has any current or potential obligation or liability under or with respect to (i) any “defined benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(35) of ERISA) or any other plan subject to the funding requirements of section 412 or 430 of the Code or section 302 or Title IV of ERISA, (ii) any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA), (iii) any plan, program, agreement or arrangement that provides for post-retirement or post-termination welfare or welfare-type benefits (other than health continuation coverage required by COBRA for which the covered individual pays the full cost of coverage), (iv) any multiple employer plan (as described in section 413(c) of Code or section 210 of ERISA) or (v) any “multiple employer welfare arrangement” (as defined in section 3(40) of ERISA). None of the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any ERISA Affiliate has any

38

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

current, or to Company’s Knowledge, potential liability or obligation under Title IV of ERISA. The Company, its Affiliates, and the ERISA Affiliates have complied and are in compliance with the requirements of COBRA. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates has any current or potential liability or obligation under or with respect to any “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) by reason of its being treated at any time as a single employer with any other Person.

 

(c) With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, all payments, premiums, contributions (including all employer contributions and employee salary reduction contributions), distributions, reimbursements and accruals required to have been made under any Employee Benefit Plan have been made by the due date thereof and all payments, premiums, contributions, distributions, reimbursements and accruals for all periods ending prior to or as of the Closing Date shall have been made or properly accrued on the Latest Balance Sheet and there is no unfunded liability which is not reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet.

 

(d) Each Employee Benefit Plan (and each related trust, insurance contract or fund) has been maintained, funded and administered, in form and operation, in accordance with its terms and in compliance with all applicable Laws, including ERISA and the Code (including, where applicable, sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) thereof). With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, (i) there have been no Prohibited Transactions, and (ii) there has been no breach of fiduciary duty (as determined under ERISA) or any other failure to act or comply in connection with the administration or investment of the assets of such Employee Benefit Plan. No Action with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) is pending or threatened, and there are no facts or circumstances that would give rise to or could reasonably be expected to give rise to any such Action.

 

(e) Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be a qualified plan within the meaning of section 401(a) of the Code has received a current favorable determination letter from the IRS, and nothing has occurred that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the qualification of such Employee Benefit Plan.

 

(f) The Company and its Affiliates have, for purposes of each Employee Benefit Plan, correctly classified those individuals performing services for the Company and its Affiliates as common law employees, leased employees, independent contractors or agents of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(g) The consummation of the Transactions (either alone or in combination with another event) will not result in (i) acceleration of the time of payment or vesting, or trigger any payment or funding, of any compensation or benefit or trigger any other obligation under any Company Employee Plan, (ii) the inability of any amount to be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code, or (iii) the provision of any reimbursement of excise Taxes under Section 4999 of the Code. The Company does not have any obligation to reimburse any individual for taxes that may be imposed under Section 4999 or Section 409A of the Code.

(h) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.19(h), the Company does not have any obligation to pay any year-end, performance, transaction or other bonus to any of its employees or independent contractors.

 

39

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 3.20 Environmental Matters .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(a), the Company and each of its predecessors and Affiliates have at all times complied and are in compliance with all Environmental Laws.

 

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(b), the Company has obtained and has at all times complied with, and is in compliance with all Permits which are required for the occupation of their facilities and the ownership and operation of the Business under all applicable Environmental Laws (“ Environmental Permits ”). All of the Environmental Permits are valid, final and in full force and effect, and no Action is pending or threatened that seeks or would reasonably be expected to result in the termination, revocation or adverse modification of any Environmental Permit.

 

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(c) , the Company and each of its predecessors and Affiliates have not received any notice, report, order, directive or other information, and no Action has been threatened, filed, or commenced against any of them, regarding or alleging any failure to comply with, or any liability or potential liability under, any Environmental Laws or Environmental Permits relating to any of them, the Business, the Leased Real Property or their formerly owned or operated facilities.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(d) , the Company and each of its predecessors and Affiliates have not generated, treated, stored, handled, manufactured, distributed, transported, Released or disposed of any Hazardous Substance, arranged for or permitted the disposal of any Hazardous Substance, exposed any Person to any Hazardous Substance, or owned or operated its Business or any property or facility (and no such property or facility is contaminated by any Hazardous Substance) so as to give rise to any current or future liability, including any corrective or remedial obligation under any Environmental Laws.

 

(e) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(e), the Company has not assumed or undertaken, provided any indemnification with respect to, or otherwise become subject to, any liability of any other Person under any Environmental Laws.

 

(f) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20(f) , neither the Company nor any of its predecessors or Affiliates have designed, manufactured, sold, marketed, installed, repaired or distributed products or items containing asbestos, silica, lead or other Hazardous Substances, and none of the foregoing Persons have any liability, contingent or otherwise, with respect to the presence or alleged presence of, or exposure to, asbestos, silica, lead or other Hazardous Substances in any product or item or at, under or upon any property or facility, including but not limited to the Leased Real Property or their formerly owned or operated facilities.

 

(g) Neither the Transactions, this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions that are the subject of this Agreement impose or will result in any obligations under any Environmental Laws for site investigation or cleanup, or notification to or consent of any Governmental Authorities or third parties.

(h) Sellers and the Company have delivered to Purchaser all environmental reports, audits, assessments and any other material environmental, health or safety documents relating to the Company, any of its predecessors or any of its current or former facilities or operations, or the Business.

40

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Section 3.21 Customers and Suppliers . Schedule 3.21 contains a true, correct and complete list of the ten (10) largest customers and ten (10) largest suppliers of the Company during the 12-month period ended September 30, 2018, measured by dollar volume of transactions. Since December 31, 2017, no customer or supplier listed or required to be listed on Schedule 3.21 has (i) terminated, modified or amended any written or oral purchase order, contract or other agreement or commitment to purchase goods or services of the Company or supply materials, products or services to the Company, (ii) notified the Company or any Seller of its intention to terminate, modify or amend any written or oral purchase order, contract or other agreement or commitment to purchase goods or services of the Company or supply materials, products or services to the Company, or (iii) notified the Company or any Seller or its intention to stop, materially decrease the rate of or materially change the terms (whether related to payment, price or otherwise, except for any price adjustment related to a corresponding change in scope) with respect to, buying products and services from the Company or supplying materials, products or services to the Company, in each case, whether as a result of the consummation of the Transactions or otherwise.

 

Section 3.22 Affiliate Transactions .

 

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22(a) , (i) there are no agreements, understanding, arrangements (in each case whether written or oral), liabilities or obligations between the Company, on the one hand, and any Seller or any current or former Related Party, (ii) the Company does not provide or cause to be provided any assets, services or facilities to any Person described in clause (i) foregoing, (iii) no Person described in clause (i) foregoing provides or causes to be provided any assets, services or facilities to the Company (other than, in the case of employees of the Company, employment services in the Ordinary Course of Business), and (iv) the Company do not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, any interests or investment assets of any Person described in clause (i) foregoing.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22(b), and except for the ownership by the Sellers of the Shares, none of the Sellers nor any of their Related Parties (other than the Company), have any interest of any nature in any of the assets and properties used for or related to the Business or operations of the Company.

 

Section 3.23 Accounts Receivable; Accounts Payable .

 

(a) The accounts and notes receivable reflected on the Latest Balance Sheet:

 

(i) are collectible in the Ordinary Course of Business (net of contractual allowances and bad debt reserves established in accordance with prior practice), (ii) represent legal, valid and binding obligations for services actually performed by the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, (iii) are not the subject of any Action and (iv) have arisen only from bona fide sales transactions in the Ordinary Course of Business and are payable on ordinary trade terms. The reserve for bad debts shown on the Latest Balance Sheet or, with respect to accounts receivable arising after the date of the Latest Balance Sheet, on the accounting records of the Company has been determined in accordance with GAAP. No Person has any Lien on such accounts receivable or any part thereof, and no agreement for deduction, free goods, discount or other deferred price or quantity adjustment has been made with respect to any such accounts receivables.

 

41

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) The accounts and notes payable of the Company (i) are in each case not overdue nor have been outstanding for more than forty-five (45) days, except as set forth on Schedule 3.23(b) in the case of accounts and notes payable which, by their terms may have been outstanding for up to sixty (60) days, (ii) represent obligations of the Company for products or services actually received, (iii) are not the subject of any Action (whether pending or threatened) and (iv) have arisen only from bona fide purchases in the Ordinary Course of Business and are payable on ordinary trade terms. Schedule 3.23(b) sets forth a description of any security arrangements and collateral securing the repayment or other satisfaction of payables of the Company.

 

Section 3.24 Bank Accounts . Schedule 3.24 lists a correct and complete list of (a) each bank, trust company and stock or other broker with which the Company has an account, credit lien or safe deposit box or vault, or otherwise maintains a relationship (collectively, the “ Bank Accounts ”) and (b) all Persons authorized to draw on, or to have access to, each of the Bank Accounts.

 

Section 3.25 Product Liability; Product Recall .

 

(a) There are no existing liabilities, claims or obligations arising from or, to the Company’s Knowledge, alleged to arise from any actual or alleged injury to Persons, damage to property or other loss as a result of the ownership, possession or use of any product manufactured, assembled, sold, distributed, leased or delivered by the Company. There is no, nor has there ever been any, Action by any Governmental Authority or any other Person (including any distributor or wholesaler) pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company for the recall (including any voluntary recalls), suspension, seizure or market-withdraw of or other similar corrective action with respect to any of the Company’s products.  To the Company’s Knowledge, (a) none of the co-manufacturers, assemblers or distributors which produce, receive, assemble or distribute any of the Company’s products is subject (or has been subject during the period of the Company’s business relationship with such Person) to any such Action with respect to any products of the Company, and (b) there is presently no reasonable basis for any such Action with respect to any products of the Company or which would reasonably be expected to cause the Company to recall, withdraw or suspend any of the products manufactured, assembled, sold, distributed, leased or delivered by the Company from the market or to cease further distribution or marketing of such products. To the Company’s Knowledge, no Governmental Authority has prohibited any product or process from being marketed or used in the jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business which is substantially similar to any product of the Company or to a process used for making, handling or distributing any such products. The Company has not received any written information or report from any Governmental Authority responsible for regulating the Company’s products, indicating that any of the Company’s products is unsafe or unsuitable for its intended use. Since December 31, 2017, no product distributed or sold by the Company posed a material defect so that a product recall should have occurred or did, in fact, occur.

42

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.25(b) : (a) each product sold or delivered and each service rendered by the Company has been in conformity in all material respects with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and the Company does not have any material liabilities or obligations for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith, subject only to any reserve for product and service warranty claims accrued on the Latest Balance Sheet; (b) no product sold or delivered or service rendered by the Company is subject to any guaranty, warranty or other indemnity beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions with respect thereto; and (c) prior to the date hereof, the Company has delivered to Purchaser copies of the standard terms and conditions of sale for products delivered and services rendered by the Company with respect to the Business (containing all applicable guaranty, warranty and indemnity provisions).

Section 3.26 Inventory . The Inventory shown on the Latest Balance Sheet and on the books and records of the Company as of the Closing Date, net of the reserves applicable thereto (as shown on the Latest Balance Sheet and on the books and records of the Company as of the Closing Date, as the case may be), consists of a quantity and quality usable and saleable in the Ordinary Course of Business, is not slow-moving, obsolete or damaged (except as otherwise specifically reserved for on the Latest Balance Sheet), is merchantable and fit for its intended use and is not defective. The Inventory currently exists in quantities and in a product mix reasonable in the present circumstances for the operation of the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business. The Company has not made any explicit consignment or guaranteed sales of Inventory which would allow a customer to return any unsold Inventory to the Company or Purchaser following the Closing Date in any material amount or to receive a material credit or refund from the Company or Purchaser following the Closing Date for any unsold Inventory. All items included in Inventory are the property of the Company, free and clear of Liens, and conform in all material respects to all standards applicable to such Inventory or its use or sale imposed by Governmental Authorities. Schedule 3.26 identifies all Inventory and its depletion during the month of September 2018.

Section 3.27 Disclosure . Neither this Agreement, any of the Exhibits or Schedules attached hereto, nor any of the written statements, documents, certificates or other items prepared and supplied to Purchaser by or on behalf of the Company, any of the Sellers or the Representative with respect to the Transactions contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make each statement contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. There is no fact that has not been disclosed to Purchaser that materially and adversely affects or could reasonably be anticipated to materially and adversely affect the businesses, assets, financial condition, operating results, relations with employees, customers or suppliers or business prospects of the Company.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

 

As a material inducement to Purchaser to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Seller (and Principal Shareholders where noted) represents and warrants, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, to Purchaser as follows:

 

43

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 4.01 Shares . Such Seller (i) owns, beneficially and of record, as of immediately prior to the Closing, all of the Shares as set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule 4.01. All of the Shares are, and when sold to Purchaser pursuant to the Stock Purchase pursuant to this Agreement, as applicable, will be, free and clear of any and all restrictions on transfer (other than any restrictions under the Securities Act and state securities Laws), Taxes, options, warrants, purchase rights, contracts, commitments, equities, claims, demands or Liens. Such Seller is not a party to any option, warrant, purchase right, or other contract or commitment that could require any such Seller to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shares or other securities of the Company, other than this Agreement. Such Seller is not a party to any voting trust, proxy or other agreement or understanding with respect to the voting of any Shares or other securities of the Company.

 

Section 4.02 Organization; Authorization of Transactions by the Sellers .  If such Seller is a trust, such Seller is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Such Seller has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party and to perform his, her or its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The Transaction Documents to which such Seller is a party have been, or will be at the Closing, duly executed and delivered by such Seller and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute, or will constitute at the Closing, the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles).

 

Section 4.03 Noncontravention . Neither the execution and delivery by such Seller of the Transaction Documents nor the consummation of the Transactions will (a) violate, conflict with or result in a violation of, or constitute a default (whether after the giving of notice, lapse of time or both) under, any provision of Law or order to which such Seller is subject or (b) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in acceleration of, create in any Person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, require any notice under, or result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon any assets of such Seller under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, lease, contract or other agreement to which such Seller is a party, or by which such Person or any of his or its assets or properties is bound. No consent, approval, license, Permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of such Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the Transactions.

 

Section 4.04 Litigation . There is no Action pending or, to such Seller’s knowledge, threatened against such Seller, which, if adversely determined, (a) would delay, hinder or prevent the consummation of the Transactions by such Seller or (b) would have, individually or in the aggregate with all other such Actions, a material adverse effect on the ability of such Seller to perform his or its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents.

 

Section 4.05 Investor Suitability . Each Principal Shareholder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act.

44

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 4.06 Investment Experience .  Each Principal Shareholder has such knowledge, experience and skill in evaluating and investing in securities, based on actual participation in financial, investment and business matters, so that he, she or it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Purchaser Stock, and has such knowledge, experience and skill in financial, investment and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in Purchaser and the suitability of the Purchaser Stock as an investment and can bear the economic risk of an investment in the Purchaser Stock indefinitely. Each Principal Shareholder understands that no guarantees have been made or can be made with respect to the future value, if any, of the Purchaser Stock, or the profitability or success of Purchaser’s business.

 

Section 4.07 Purchase for Own Account . Each Principal Shareholder is acquiring the Purchaser Stock for his, her or its own account, and not as a nominee or agent, with the present intention of holding such securities for purposes of investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof. Each Principal Shareholder has no intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing such securities in a public distribution in violation of the federal securities Laws or any applicable state securities Laws.

 

Section 4.08 Acknowledgements . Each Principal Shareholder understands and acknowledges that the offering of the Purchaser Stock pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act on the grounds that the offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D (or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, as applicable), and that Purchaser’s reliance upon such exemption is predicated upon the Sellers’ representations set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 4.09 Restrictive Legends . Each Principal Shareholder acknowledges that each certificate or instrument representing Purchaser Stock shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [ ], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“ STATE ACTS ”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR STATE ACTS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER.”

 

Section 4.10 Limitation on Representations .

 

(a) EACH PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH HEREIN, THE PURCHASER IS NOT MAKING AND HAS NOT MADE ANY, AND THE PURCHASER DISCLAIMS ALL, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AS TO THE CONDITION OF PURCHASER OR THE EQUITY SECURITIES (INCLUDING THE PURCHASER STOCK), ASSETS, PROPERTIES OR RIGHTS THEREOF.

45

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Such Principal Shareholder agrees that he has made his own inquiry and investigation into, and base d thereon, has formed an independent judgment concerning, Purchaser and its assets and properties.

 

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

 

As a material inducement to the Company and the Sellers to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company and the Sellers, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

 

Section 5.01 Organization of Purchaser . Purchaser is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.02 Authorization of Transactions by Purchaser . Purchaser has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The board of directors the Purchaser has authorized and approved the Transaction Documents to which Purchaser is a party, the execution and delivery by Purchaser of such Transaction Documents, and the performance by Purchaser of its obligations thereunder. The Transaction Documents to which Purchaser is a party have been, or will be at the Closing, duly executed and delivered by Purchaser and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, constitute, or will constitute at the Closing, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms and conditions (except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles).

 

Section 5.03 Noncontravention . Neither the execution and the delivery by the Purchaser of the Transaction Documents, nor the consummation of the Transactions, (a) violate or conflict with any provisions of either of the Purchaser’s governing documents, (b) violate or conflict with any Law or order to which the Purchase is subject, or (c) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, result in acceleration of, create in any Person the right to accelerate, terminate, modify or cancel, require any notice under, or result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to any equity interests or assets of the Purchaser under, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, lease, contract or other agreement to which Purchaser is a party, or by which Purchaser or any of its assets or properties is bound. No consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Authority or Person is required to be obtained or made by or on behalf of Purchaser in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the Transactions.

 

Section 5.04 Litigation . There is no Action pending or, to the Purchaser’s knowledge, threatened against Purchaser, which, if adversely determined, (a) would delay, hinder or prevent the consummation of the Transactions by Purchaser or (b) would have, individually or in the aggregate with all other such Actions, a material adverse effect on the ability of Purchaser to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

46

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 5.05 Brokers’ Fees . The Sellers shall have no liability or obligation (whether matured or unmatured) to pay any fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor, agent or other similar Person with respect to the Transactions on the basis of any act or statement made or alleged to have been made by or on behalf of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or any director, officer, manager, member, investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of any of them.

 

ARTICLE VI

PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

From the date of this Agreement until (A) with respect to covenants contained herein that relate solely to the pre-Closing period, the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ART ICLE X and (ii) the Closing, and (B) with respect to any covenants set forth herein with obligations continuing after Closing, until such covenants are fully performed in accordance with their terms, Purchaser and Seller covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 6.01 Access; Opportunity to Ask Questions . Sellers shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates (including the Company), equityholders, managers, directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, legal counsel, accountants and other agents to, permit Purchaser and Purchaser’s Affiliates, equityholders, managers, directors, officers, employees, consultants, financial advisors, legal counsel, accountants and other agents to have reasonable access to (a) senior management of the Company and the Business to answer questions concerning the operations and affairs of the Business, and (b) the Leased Real Property, corporate records, books of accounts, assets and properties of the Company and the Business; provided, that in each case, such access shall be: (x) subject to any limitations that are reasonably required to (1) comply with any Law or contractual obligation or (2) preserve any applicable attorney-client privilege, and (y) given at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice and without undue interruption to the Business or operations or personnel of Sellers, Sellers’ Affiliates (including the Company) or the Business.

 

Section 6.02 Conduct of Business .

 

(a) From and after the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement and (ii) the Closing Date, except (A) as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement, (B) as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall, and each Seller covenants and agrees that it shall, and shall cause the Company to, (i) conduct the Business and its operations only in the Ordinary Course of Business (subject to any restrictions set forth in Section 6.02(b) ), (ii) use reasonable best efforts, consistent with sound business practices, to keep in full force and effect its existence and all material rights, Permits, franchises, Intellectual Property and contracts, pertaining to the Business, (iii) maintain the Company’s assets in such general state of repair as is reasonably necessary for the conduct of the Business consistent with then-present needs and past practices, including replacement in accordance with reasonably prudent business practices of any inoperable, worn out or obsolete assets with assets of a quality consistent with reasonably prudent business practices and then-current needs, (iv) maintain its books, accounts and records as they relate to the Business in accordance with past custom and practice, (v) maintain all of its insurance policies that are in effect as of the date hereof or obtain reasonable replacement policies

47

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

therefor, (vi) use reasonable best efforts to preserve its relationship with its customers and suppliers and to retain the services of its employees and service providers, and (vii) in the event of a condemnation, casualty, loss or other material damage to any of the assets of the Company prior to the Closing Date, either, at the direction of the Purchaser, use reasonable best efforts to repair or replace such condemned or damaged property through the use of the proceeds of such condemnation or insurance, or preserve such proceeds for use by the Company, as applicable, following the Closing.

 

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 6.02(a), from and after the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement and (ii) the Closing Date, except (A) as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement or (B) as Purchaser shall otherwise consent in writing, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, the Company shall not, and each Seller covenants and agrees that it shall (cause the Company to not:

 

(i) sell, lease, license, abandon, permit to lapse, or otherwise dispose of any material assets or Intellectual Property, except for sales of inventory in the Ordinary Course Business;

 

(ii) (A) increase or enhance the compensation or benefits of any Business employee or any former employee of the Company other than as required by applicable Law, (B) establish, enter into, adopt, amend or terminate, or increase or accelerate or commit to increase or accelerate the funding, payment or vesting of the compensation or benefits provided under, any Employee Benefit Plan or any other benefit or compensation plan, agreement, contract, program, policy or arrangement that would be an Employee Benefit Plan if in effect on the date hereof, (C) except to the extent required by applicable Law or by written agreements existing on the date of this Agreement that have been disclosed on the Disclosure Schedules, enter into or amend any contracts of employment or any consulting, bonus, severance, retention, change in control, retirement or similar agreement, except for employment agreements or offer letters for any newly hired officer, director, employee or other service provider of the Company or related to the Business in the ordinary course of business with an annual base salary and incentive compensation opportunity not to exceed $50,000, (D) hire, materially modify the job responsibility of, or terminate (other than for “cause”) any officer, director, employee or other service provider of the Company or related to the Business with an annual compensation in excess of $50,000, (E) implement any employee layoffs that could implicate the WARN Act, or (F) unless required by Law, recognize or certify any labor union, labor organization, works council, or group of employees as the bargaining representative for any Company employee or individual providing services to any the Company;

 

(iii) change, amend or restate the charter, certificate of formation or incorporation, operating agreement or bylaws (or other comparable organizational or governing documents) of the Company;

 

48

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(iv) authorize for issuance, issue, sell or deliver or agree or commit to issue, sell or deliver (A) any capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, the Company or (B) any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire either (1) any capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, th e Company or (2) any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of the capital stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, the Company;

 

(v) (A) change, modify, or write-off as uncollectible any notes or accounts receivable of the Business, except write-offs in the Ordinary Course of Business and any write-off of such notes and accounts receivable that are fully reserved for in a manner consistent with GAAP, (B) accelerate any accounts receivable or defer any accounts payable, or take any other action outside the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to the working capital of the Company, (C) make any material change in the terms of sale or collection practices, nor (D) materially alter its practices with respect to inventory levels or the product offerings;

 

(vi) split, combine, redeem or reclassify, or purchase or otherwise acquire, any shares of its capital stock or its other securities;

 

(vii) (A) incur any Indebtedness, other than short-term Indebtedness for borrowed money under existing credit facilities, or (B) make any loans or advances to any other Person, other than de minimis routine advances to employees in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(viii) other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, (A) make, change or revoke any material Tax election or make any material change to an accounting method for Tax purposes, (B) settle or compromise any material Tax liability, (C) file any amended income Tax Return or other material Tax Return, (D) surrender any material claim for a Tax refund, (E) enter into any agreements, consents or waivers extending the statutory period of limitations applicable to the payment or assessment of any Taxes, or (F) enter into any contractual obligation in respect of Taxes with any tax related Governmental Authority;

 

(ix) enter into, amend or terminate any Material Contract (or contract that would constitute a Material Contract if in existence as of the date hereof) or waive material rights with respect thereto, other than terminations by way of expiration of the term of the applicable contract in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(x) acquire, merge or consolidate with, or effect any business combination with, any Person, or acquire any material assets of any Person, in each case whether by purchase of stock, securities or assets, property transfers or otherwise;

 

(xi) adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization;

 

49

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(xii) settle or compromise any Action or initiate any Action;

 

(xiii) grant any Lien, or permit to be subject to any Lien, on the Purchased Shares, any other equity interest of the Company or any of the properties or assets owned, used or occupied by the Company;

 

(xiv)discontinue any business of the Company or enter into any new line of business;

 

(xv) except as is required by GAAP, make any change in the Company’s methods, principles and practices of accounting;

 

(xvi) take any action that could reasonably be expected to result in a complete or partial withdrawal under an Employee Benefit Plan;

 

(xvii) terminate, transfer or modify the job responsibilities of any (i) employee of the Company (or who would have been an Employee of the Company but for such termination, transfer or modification) in a manner that results in such employee ceasing to be an employee of the Company; and

 

(xviii) enter into any agreement or letter of intent (whether or not binding) or enter into any other commitment, whether or not in writing, to do any of the foregoing.

 

Section 6.03 Further Actions . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 6.04 :

 

(a) Each Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done (and to cooperate and provide assistance with the taking of such actions and the doing of such things) necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Transaction as soon as practicable, including (i) executing and delivering all documents and instruments to effect all necessary filings, notices, petitions, statements, registrations, submissions of information and applications (whether or not expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document) and (ii) cause the conditions precedent to Closing set forth in ARTICLE VIII to be satisfied as promptly as possible.

 

(b) Each Party shall keep each other Parties reasonably apprised of the status of matters relating to the consummation of the Transaction, including delivering to the other Parties promptly

(i) notice of any Actions commenced or to the knowledge of such Party, threatened in writing, relating to or otherwise affecting the Company, the Purchased Assets, the Business, this Agreement or the Transaction, and (ii) the existence or occurrence of any Event (or nonoccurrence of any Event) that is reasonably likely to constitute a breach of this Agreement or to cause any condition precedent in ARTICLE VIII not to be satisfied.

 

50

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 6.04 Consents and Conditions . Each Party shall use its best efforts to: (i) obtain all necessary consents, approvals, Permits, Orders or waivers from, and give any necessary notifications to, Persons required to be obtained in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents and consummation of the Transaction; provided, that neither the Company shall not enter into any contract, amend or terminate any contract, make any payment (other than (x) amounts required to be paid by such Party or any of its Affiliates under the terms of any contract, and (y) filing fees and similar amounts) or grant any concession (or permit the Company to make take any of the foregoing actions), in each case for the purpose of obtaining any consent, waiver or approval, without the prior written consent of Purchaser; and (ii) defend or contest any Action challenging any Transaction Document or that may otherwise prevent, materially impede, interfere with, hinder or delay the consummation of the Transaction, including seeking to have any stay or temporary restraining Order entered by any Governmental Authority vacated or reversed. From the date hereof until such time as the necessary consents, approvals, Permits, Orders or waivers required by this Section 6.04 are received (including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the Closing to the extent such consents, approvals, Permits, Orders or waivers are not received prior to Closing), Sellers and the Representative shall use and cause their respective Affiliates to use commercially reasonable efforts to secure an alternative arrangement reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser under which the Company would, in compliance with applicable Law, obtain the benefits associated with the applicable portion of such arrangement or contract.

 

Section 6.05 Physical Inventory Count . On November 12, 2018 or November 13, 2018, the Company shall cause an independent firm mutually agreed upon by Purchaser and the Representative to conduct a physical Inventory count at each location where the Company maintains Inventory (the “ Physical Inventory Count ”). Purchaser shall be notified of the date and location(s) of the Physical Inventory Count at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date thereof, and Purchaser and its representatives shall be given an opportunity to observe the Physical Inventory Count. Such Physical Inventory Count will be used as a basis in calculating Inventory for purposes of the estimated Working Capital in the Closing Statement (rolling forward such Physical Inventory Count to a calculation of Inventory as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Business Day immediately preceding the Closing Date).

 

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 7.01 Press Releases . The Parties agree that, except to the extent required by applicable Law or regulation of any stock exchange, no press release or other public announcement (including in any trade journal or other publication) of or related to the Transactions shall be made without the prior written consent of Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, the restrictions in the immediately preceding sentence shall apply solely to press releases or other public announcements of or related to the Transactions, and nothing in this Section 7.01 shall limit any right of the Purchaser or the Company, from and after the Closing, to make any statements or announcements regarding the operations or performance of the businesses of the Company.

 

Section 7.02 Confidentiality; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement .

 

51

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(a) Confidentiality . From and after the Closing, each of the Sellers and the Representative agrees that (i) it shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates to, hold in strict confidence and not disclose to any third parties any confidential, non-public or proprietary information and materials regarding the Purchaser, or any Confidential Information with respect to the Company and any of their respective Affiliates, including the existence of this Agreement and the terms and conditions contained herein (except (x) to the extent disclosure of such information is required by Law, (y) to the extent the information becomes publicly known except through the actions or inactions of any such Person, or (z) that each Seller and the Representative may confer on a confidential basis with its legal and tax advisors, it being understood that such disclosing party shall be responsible for compliance by such legal and tax advisors with the confidentiality provisions hereof), in each case except with the prior written consent of Purchaser, (ii) it shall take all appropriate steps (and cause each of its Affiliates to take all appropriate steps) to safeguard such information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft, and (iii) in the event such Person or any of its Affiliates is required by Law to disclose any such information, such Person shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing, which notification shall include the nature of the legal requirement and the extent of the required disclosure, and shall cooperate with the Purchaser to preserve the confidentiality of such information consistent with applicable Law.

 

(b) Non-Competition . Each Principal Shareholder acknowledges and agrees that the Purchaser and its Affiliates would be irreparably damaged if such Seller were to provide services or to otherwise participate in the operations or business of any Person competing with the Businesses of Company or the business of any of its Affiliates or in any similar business and that any such competition would result in a significant loss of goodwill by the Purchaser in respect of such businesses. Each Principal Shareholder further acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and agreements set forth in this Section 9.02 were a material inducement to the Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to perform their obligations hereunder, and that the Purchaser and its Affiliates would not obtain the benefit of the bargain set forth in this Agreement as specifically negotiated by the parties hereto if any such Seller breached the provisions of this Section 7.02 . Therefore, in further consideration of the Purchased Shares Cash Consideration and the goodwill of the businesses of the Company and sold in connection therewith, each such Seller agrees that,(a) until the date that is three (3) years following the Closing Date, such Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, be employed in an executive, managerial or administrative capacity by, or in any manner engage in, any business or entity competing with the Businesses, within North America, Europe, India, China and Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan and (b) until the date that is five (5) years following the Closing Date, such Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, own any interest in, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render services for, be employed in an executive, managerial or administrative capacity by, or in any manner engage in any business with, any of the Named Competitors (the “Restricted Period”). Nothing herein shall prohibit (a) any such Seller from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of any class of stock of a corporation, which class of stock is publicly traded, so long as such Seller has no active participation in the business of such corporation or (b) the Majority Seller from teaching and conducting courses at any accredited high school, community college, university or professional society sponsored conference short courses (i.e., SPIE).

 

52

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(c) Non-Solicitation . Until the date that is three (3) years following the Closing Date, each Principal Shareholder shall not, directly or indirectly, through another Person (i) induce or attempt to induce any Person who at any time prior to the Closing was an employee or consultant of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the employ or service of the Company or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Purchaser and its Affiliates), or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any of its Affiliates and any employee or consultant thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its Affiliates at any time prior to the Closing, unless such person’s employment with or engagement by the Company and its Affiliates was terminated no less than six (6) months prior to the earliest date on which any Seller, directly or indirectly, engages in any discussions or communications with such person regarding such hiring, or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee, licensor, franchisee or other business relation of the Company or any of its Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

(d) Non-Disparagement . Each Seller agrees not to make any negative or disparaging statements or communications regarding the Company and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Purchaser and its Affiliates), any of their respective services or practices, or any of their respective directors, managers, officers, agents, representatives, direct or indirect equity holders or Affiliates, either orally or in writing, at any time from and after the date hereof.

 

(e) Enforcement . If, at the time of enforcement of Section 7.02(a), Section 7.02(b) , Section 7.02(c) or Section 7.02(d) a court holds that the restrictions stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the Parties agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area and that the court shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained therein to cover the maximum period, scope and area permitted by Law. Because each Seller has had access to confidential, non-public or proprietary information and materials regarding the Company by virtue of its investment in and involvement with (and as, applicable, employment by) the Company, the Parties agree that the Purchaser and its Affiliates would suffer irreparable harm from a breach of Section 7.02(a), Section 7.02(b), Section 7.02(c) or Section 7.02(d) by such Seller and that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Purchaser and its Affiliates and their successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). In addition, in the event of a breach or violation by such Seller of this Section 7.02, the Restricted Period shall be automatically extended by the amount of time between the initial occurrence of the breach or violation and when such breach or violation has been duly cured. Such Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 7.02 are reasonable and that he, she or it has reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with his, her or it legal counsel.

 

(f) Each Seller acknowledges that (i) the enforcement of any covenants set forth in this Section 7.02 against such Seller would not impose any undue burden upon such Seller and (ii) none of the covenants set forth in this Section 7.02 are unreasonable as to duration or scope.

53

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

Section 7.03 Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other such Taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”), if any, shall be borne by the Sellers and shall be paid by the Sellers when due. The Representative will file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes (the expense of which shall be borne by the Sellers) and, if required by applicable Law, Purchaser will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation.

 

Section 7.04 Tax Indemnification and Other Matters .

 

(a) Tax Indemnification . The Principal Shareholders shall, on a several basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties from and against any loss, claim, liability, expense, or other damage attributable to (i) all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date and the portion through the end of the Closing Date for any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date (“ Pre-Closing Tax Period ”), (ii) any and all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor thereof) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulations section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local or foreign Law, (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any Law, which Taxes are imposed on the Company as a result of an event or transaction occurring on or prior to the Closing Date, (iv) all Transfer Taxes, (v) all reasonable out of pocket expenses of preparing Tax Returns for any Pre-Closing Tax Period, and (vi) all reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses of contesting any audit or other proceeding that would result in the imposition of any Tax described in clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 7.04(a) ; provided, however, that Principal Shareholders shall be liable for a Tax and any related Damages only to the extent that the amount of such Tax exceeds the amount taken into account as Indebtedness for purposes of determining the Closing Consideration or as ultimately determined pursuant to Section 2.06 . Any liability of the Sellers pursuant to this (a) shall be determined and paid in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE VII.

 

(b) Tax Sharing Agreements . Any and all existing Tax sharing or similar agreements involving the Company, shall be terminated, and all payables and receivables arising thereunder shall be settled, in each case prior to the Closing Date. After the Closing Date, the Company shall not have any further rights or liabilities thereunder or under any payables or receivables arising thereunder.

 

(c) Cooperation on Tax Matters . Each Party shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by any other Party, in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Return and any Action with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and, upon request, the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such Tax Return or Action or any tax planning and shall also include making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Each Party further agrees, upon request, to use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including any Transfer Taxes).

54

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

 

(d) Preparation of Tax Returns . Purchaser shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns that are filed or required to be filed after the Closing by or with respect to the Company. Purchaser shall provide income Tax Returns that include any Pre- Closing Tax Period to the Representative for review and comment prior to filing.

 

(e) Allocation of Tax Liability for Straddle Periods . For purposes of the indemnity provisions of this Agreement, in the case of any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, (a “ Straddle Period ”), (i) the amount of any income Taxes and Taxes measured by receipts, sales, payments or payroll of the Company for the Pre- Closing Tax Period shall be determined based on an interim closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing Date (and for such purpose, the taxable period of any partnership or other pass-through entity in which the Company holds a beneficial interest shall be deemed to terminate at such time); provided, however, that any item determined on an annual or periodic basis (including amortization and depreciation deductions and the effects of graduated rates) shall be determined in accordance with clause (ii) of this Section 7.04(e), (ii) the amount of other Taxes of the Company for a Straddle Period that relates to the Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the taxable period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in such Straddle Period, and (iii) the amount of Taxes in the form of interest or penalties to the extent relating to a Tax for a Pre-Closing Tax Period shall be treated as relating to the Pre-Closing Tax Period whether such items are incurred, accrued, assessed or similarly charged on, before or after the Closing Date.

 

(f) Tax Proceedings .

 

(i) After the Closing, the Representative shall have the right to control the conduct of any Tax audit, examination, or similar proceeding, and any administrative or judicial proceeding relating solely to state or local Taxes involving the Company (“ State / Local Tax Proceeding ”) that relates exclusively to a Pre-Closing Period, provided, however, that (A) the Representative shall conduct any such State / Local Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith, (B) the Representative shall provide Purchaser and the Company with a timely and reasonably detailed account of each phase of such State / Local Tax Proceeding, (C) the Representative shall consult with Purchaser and the Company before taking any significant action in connection with such State / Local Tax Proceeding, (D) the Representative shall not submit any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such State / Local Tax Proceeding without the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, (E) Purchaser and the Company shall be entitled to participate in such State / Local Tax Proceeding, including by participating in any in-person meetings or telephone conversation with taxing authorities, and (F) the Representative shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such State / Local Tax Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

55

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(ii) After the Closing, Purchaser shall have the right to control the conduct of any Tax audit, examination, or similar proceeding, and any administrative or judicial proceeding relating to Taxes involving the Company (“ Tax Proceeding ”) not described in (i) ; provided, however, that to the extent any such Tax Proceeding relates to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (A) Purchaser shall provide the Representative with a timely and reasonably detailed account of each phase of such Tax Proceeding, (B) Purchaser shall consult with the Representative before taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (C) Purchaser shall consult with Representative and offer the Representative an opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (D) Purchaser shall defend such Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (E) Representative shall be entitled to participate in such Tax Proceeding, at the Representative’ expense, and (F) Purchaser shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such Tax Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(g) Sales Taxes . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (including Section 7.04(f)) , Purchaser may, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.04(g) , cause the Company to apply for and enter into voluntary disclosure agreements and/or make any filings or amendments, or any amnesty or similar agreement or filing in respect of Sales Taxes relating to any taxable period ending (or deemed pursuant to Section 7.04(e) to end) on or before the Closing Date (“ VDA Filing ”); provided that (i) not less than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the filing of each such proposed VDA Filing, Purchaser shall provide the Representative with a draft copy of such proposed VDA Filing for the Representative’s consideration and review; (ii) Purchaser shall consider any comments and/or alternative suggestions made by the Representative on such proposed VDA Filing provided to Purchaser no later than ten (10) Business Days after such proposed VDA Filing is provided to the Representative; (iii) during the ten (10) Business Days after such proposed VDA Filing is provided to the Representative, Purchaser shall, upon request of the Representative, make the personnel of Purchaser and the Company who prepared such VDA Filing reasonably available to the Representative during normal business hours for the purpose of discussing any comments the Representative may have on such VDA Filing (provided that the inclusion of any such comments in such VDA Filing shall be at Purchaser’s discretion); and (iv) Purchaser shall inform the Representative of any proposed settlement with respect to such VDA Filing. For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.04(a) for any Sales Taxes payable as the result of a VDA Filing that is permitted to be filed pursuant to this Section 7.04(g) attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

 

Section 7.05 Further Assurances . From and after the Closing, in the event any further action is necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Parties and, as applicable, the proper officers, directors, managers or members of each Party, shall take all such necessary action as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser or the Company to achieve such intent.

 

Section 7.06 Release .

 

56

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(a) Each of the Sellers, on behalf of itself and each of his, her or its Affiliates, hereby releases and forever discharges Purchaser and its Affiliates, and any individual, joint or mutual, past, present and future representatives, agents, financial advisors, attorneys, other consultants, employees, officers, directors, managers, equityholders, partners, members, controlling persons, subsidiaries, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (individually, a “ Releasee ” and, collectively, “ Releasees ”), from any and all claims, demands, Actions, causes of action, orders, obligations, contracts, debts and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, both at law and in equity, which such Seller or any of its respective Affiliates, or any of their respective heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, now has, has ever had, or may hereafter have against any Releasee arising contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date or on account of or arising out of any matter, cause or event occurring contemporaneously with or prior to the Closing Date (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “ Released Claims ”); provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall operate to release any obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement or under any other Transaction Document executed and delivered to such Seller by Purchaser at the Closing in connection with the Transactions, or for salaries owed by the Company to such Seller in connection with such Seller’s employment with the Company. Each Seller represents that it has not made any assignment or transfer of any Released Claim or other matter covered by this Section 7.06 . Each Seller hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting any Released Claim, or commencing, instituting, or causing to be commenced, any Action of any kind against any Releasee, based upon any matter released hereby.

 

(b) Each Seller hereby acknowledges and intends that this release shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Released Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. Each Seller expressly consents that this release shall be given full force and effect in accordance with each and every express term or provision, including those (i) relating to any Released Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied or (ii) relating to unknown and unsuspected claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated claims). Seller and each Seller has read Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California (“ Section 1542 ”), which provides as follows:

 

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

 

57

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(c) Each Seller understands that Section 1542, or a comparable Law of another jurisdiction, gives it the right not to release existing claims of which it is not aware, unless it voluntarily chooses to waive this right. Having been so apprised, Each Seller nevertheless hereby voluntarily elects to and does waive the rights described in Section 1542, or such other comparable Law, and elects to assume all risks for claims that exist, existed or may hereafter exist in his favor, known or unknown, arising out of or related to liabilities arising from any claims or other matters purported to be released pursuant to this Section 7.06. Each Seller acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing waiver is an essential and material term of this Agreement and that, without such waiver, Purchaser would not have agreed to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.07 Waiver of Milestone Payments . Effective as of the Closing, the Company hereby waives all milestone payments payable by the Purchaser to Company under that certain Supply, Development, and License Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2017, by and between Purchaser and the Company, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of December 12, 2017 (the “ Supply Agreement ”), including all payments under Section 3.4 (Milestone Payments) thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, (a) if Closing does not occur on or before November 30, 2018 and (b) the Company has complied with all of (any is not in breach of any of) the terms and conditions set forth in the Supply Agreement, including without limitation, the technology transfer thereunder, the Milestone Payments under Section 3.4 (Milestone Payments) of the Supply Agreement shall be payable by Purchaser to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Supply Agreement; provided , however , that, in the event that the Closing does not occur on or prior November 30, 2018 as a result of (i) the Company’s, Representative’s or any Seller’s breach of this Agreement or (ii) any of the conditions to the obligations of the Purchaser set forth in Section 8.01(a) failing to be satisfied in full on or prior to November 30, 2018, then no such Milestone Payments shall be due from Purchaser to the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII CONDITIONS

 

Section 8.01 Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser . The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transactions to be performed by it in connection with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the Closing:

(a) Representations and Warranties . (i) Each of the Fundamental Representations of the Company and the Sellers shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof and at and as of the Closing as though such representation or warranty was made at and as of the Closing, and (ii) each of the other representations and warranties made by the Company and the Sellers in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (if not qualified by materiality or by Material Adverse Effect) and in all respects (if qualified by materiality or by Material Adverse Effect), on the date hereof and at and as of the Closing as though such representation or warranty was made at and as of the Closing, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) foregoing excluding those representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be so true and correct as of such date.

 

58

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Performance of Covenants . Each of the Company, the Representative and the Sellers shall have performed and complied with in all material respects all of the covenants and agreements to the extent required to be performed or complied with by him, her or it under this Agreement prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

(c) Absence of Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of this Agreement, there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect or any fact, event or circumstance reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Absence of Litigation . As of the Closing, there shall not be any Action pending or threatened by any Governmental Authority seeking to restrain or prohibit the consummation of the Transactions or which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Governmental Consents . The Company shall have received all necessary consents and approvals of Governmental Authorities or third parties for the consummation of the Transactions.

 

(f) Certificate . Purchaser shall have received a certificate, duly executed by the Company, certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02 (a) - (e).

 

(g) Deliveries . The Company and the Sellers shall have delivered or filed or caused to be delivered or filed each item required to be delivered by them pursuant to Section 2.03 .

 

(h) Absence of Orders . There shall not be any injunction, writ or temporary restraining order or any other order of any nature issued by a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction directing that the Transactions or any of them not be consummated substantially as herein provided.

 

(i) Physical Inventory Count . Completion of the Physical Inventory Count in a manner as is reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser.

 

Section 8.02 Conditions to Obligation of the Company and the Sellers . The obligations of the Company and the Sellers to consummate the transactions to be performed by each of them in connection with the Closing is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions as of the Closing:

 

(a) Representations and Warranties . (i) Each of the Fundamental Representations of Purchaser shall be true and correct in all respects on the date hereof and at and as of the Closing as though such representation or warranty was made at and as of the Closing, and (ii) each of the other representations and warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (if not qualified by materiality or by material adverse effect) and in all respects (if qualified by materiality or by material adverse effect) on the date hereof and at and as of the Closing as though such representation or warranty was made at and as of the Closing, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) foregoing excluding those representations and warranties made as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such date.

 

59

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Performance of Covenants . Purchaser shall have performed and complied with in all material respects all of the covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by it under this Agreement prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c) Certificate . The Representative shall have received a certificate, duly executed by Purchaser, certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.02(a) - (b)

 

(d) Deliveries . Purchaser shall have delivered or caused to be delivered each item required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 2.03 .

 

(e) Absence of Orders . There shall not be any injunction, writ or temporary restraining order or any other order of any nature issued by a court or Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction directing that the Transactions or any of them not be consummated substantially as herein provided.

 

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 9.01 Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement set forth in any of (x) Section 3.01 (Organization of the Company), Section 3.02 (Authorization of Transactions by the Company), Section 3.05 (Subsidiaries), Section 3.06 (Capitalization), Section 3.07 (Brokers’ Fees), Section 3.12 (Assets), Section 3.22 (Affiliate Transactions), Section 4.01 (Shares), Section 4.02 (Authorization of Transactions by the Sellers), Section 4.05 (Investor Suitability), Section 4.06 (Investment Experience), Section 4.07 (Purchase for Own Account), Section 4.08 (Acknowledgments), Section 4.09 (Restrictive Legends) and Section 4.10 (Limitation of Representations) (each of the foregoing in this clause (x), a “ Seller Fundamental Representation ”), and (y) Section 5.01 (Organization of Purchaser), Section 5.02 (Authorization of Transactions by Purchaser) and Section 5.05 (Brokers’ Fees) (each of the foregoing in this clause (y), a “ Purchaser Fundamental Representation ,” and, collectively with the Seller Fundamental Representations, the “ Fundamental Representations ”)) shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the Transactions and shall continue in full force and effect for ten years following the date of this Agreement thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.14 (Tax Matters), and Section 3.19 (Employee Benefits) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until the date that is ninety (90) days following the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to any claim arising under any such representation or warranty (after giving effect to any extensions or waivers thereof), (b) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.15 (Intellectual Property) shall survive the Closing until the date that is forty- eight (48) months following the Closing Date and (c) all other representations and warranties other than the Fundamental Representations and other than the representations and warranties referenced in clause (a) foregoing shall survive the Closing until the date that is twelve (12) months following the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) the representations and warranties of each Party under this Agreement shall survive in accordance with this Section 9.01 , regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Party or any knowledge any Party may have with respect to any misrepresentation or breach at the time of the Closing, (B) any representation or warranty that would otherwise terminate in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall

60

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

survive and continue in full force and effect if a notice shall have been timely given under Section 9.6 or Section 9.07 (as applicable) on or prior to such termination date, until the related claim for indemnification has been satisfied or otherwise resolved as provided in this ARTICLE IX, and (C) the obligations of the Sellers to indemnify and hold harmless Purchaser for any claim based on or arising out of fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, intentional misrepresentation or knowing and intentional breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not terminate.

 

Section 9.02 Indemnification by the Principal Shareholders .

 

(a) The Principal Shareholders shall, on a several but not joint basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and each of its Affiliates (including, from and after the Closing, the Company), and each of the officers, directors, managers, equity holders, partners, employees, agents, successors, permitted assigns and representatives of the foregoing, and any Person claiming by or through any of them (each, a “ Purchaser Indemnified Party ”), against and in respect of any and all claims, costs, expenses, penalties, damages, liabilities, diminution in value, losses or deficiencies (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incident to any suit, action, settlement or proceeding) (“ Damages ”) arising out of, resulting from, or incurred in connection with:

 

(i) any inaccuracy in any representation or the breach of any warranty made by the Company in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (with the Damages related thereto (and not the inaccuracy) to be determined without regard to any qualifications therein referencing the terms “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or other terms of similar import or effect);

 

(ii) the breach by the Company of any covenant or agreement to be performed by it hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, or by the Representative of any covenant or agreement to be performed by him, her or it hereunder or under any other Transaction Document;

 

(iii) the Company’s failure to obtain the written consent of Goodrich Corporation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the United Technologies Corporation Standard Terms and Conditions of Purchase - Product - November 2016 Version, applicable to Purchase Order: 200680470, dated as of May 8, 2018, by and between Goodrich Corporation and the Company; and

(iv) any claim regarding or other challenge to the form or amount of consideration payable or paid to the Sellers or Optionholders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

Any Taxes (and related Damages) resulting from a breach of a covenant or agreement to be performed by the Company hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, or by the Representative of any covenant or agreement to be performed by him, her or it hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall be governed by Section 7.04(a) rather than Section 8.02(a) (ii).

 

61

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(b) Each Principal Shareholder shall, on a several but not joint basis, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, against and in respect of any and all Damages arising out of, resulting from, or incurred in connection with:

 

(i) any inaccuracy in any representation or the breach of any warranty made by such Seller in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (in each case, the existence of such inaccuracy or breach, and in each case, the Damages related thereto, to be determined without regard to any qualifications therein referencing the terms “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or other terms of similar import or effect); and

 

(ii) the breach by such Seller of any covenant or agreement to be performed by such Seller hereunder or under any other Transaction Document.

 

Any Taxes (and related Damages) resulting from a breach of a covenant or agreement to be performed by any Seller hereunder or under any other Transaction Document shall be governed by Section 7.04(a) rather than Section 8.02(b) (ii).

 

Section 9.03 Indemnification by Purchaser . The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers (pro rata based on their respective Percentage Allocations) and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, agents, successors, permitted assigns and representatives, and any Person claiming by or through any of them (each, a “Seller Indemnified Party”), against and in respect of any and all Damages arising out of, resulting from, or incurred in connection with:

 

(a) any inaccuracy in any representation or the breach of any warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (in each case, the existence of such inaccuracy or breach, together with the Damages related thereto, determined without regard to any qualifications therein referencing the term “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or other terms of similar import or effect); and

 

(b) the breach by Purchaser of any covenant or agreement to be performed by it hereunder or under any other Transaction Document.

 

Section 9.04 Limitations on Indemnification .

 

(a) Threshold .

(i) The Sellers shall not be required to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to, and shall not have any liability under, Section 9.02(a)(i) until the aggregate amount of all Damages for which the Sellers would, but for this Section 9.04 (a)(i), be liable under Section 9.02 exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to $100,000 (the “ Threshold ”), in which case, the Sellers shall become liable for all of such Damages (i.e., if such cumulative Damages exceed the Threshold, this Section 9.04 (a)(i) shall be without effect in respect thereof); provided, however, that the Threshold shall not apply to any Damages related to any inaccuracy or breach of any Seller Fundamental

62

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Representation, or of Section 3.14 (Tax Matters), Section 3.19 (Employee Benefits), or Section 3.15 (Intellectual Property), or any claim based on fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, intentional misrepresentation or knowing and intentional breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(ii) Purchaser shall not be required to indemnify any Seller Indemnified Party pursuant to, and shall not have any liability under, Section 9.03(a) until the aggregate amount of all Damages for which Purchaser would, but for this Section 9.04(a)(ii), be liable under Section 9.03 exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to the Threshold, in which case, Purchaser shall become liable for all of such Damages (i.e., if such cumulative Damages exceed the Threshold, this Section 9.04(a)(ii) shall be without effect in respect thereof); provided, however, that the Threshold shall not apply to any Damages related to any inaccuracy or breach of any Purchaser Fundamental Representation or any claim based on fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, intentional misrepresentation or knowing and intentional breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(b) Cap .

 

(i) The Sellers shall not be required to indemnify any Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to, and shall not have any further liability under Section 9.02(a) once the aggregate amount of all payments made by or on behalf of the Sellers, collectively, in respect of the indemnification obligations under Section 9.02(a) equals (A) the aggregate amount of Closing Consideration, plus (B) the fair market value (based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof)) of the shares of Purchaser Stock issued to the Sellers at Closing, plus (C) any cash proceeds released to the Sellers from the Escrow Account and plus (D) the fair market value (based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof) of any shares of Indemnification Escrow Stock released to the Sellers from the Escrow Account (the “ Total Indemnity Cap ”).

 

(ii) Purchaser shall not be required to indemnify any Seller Indemnified Party pursuant to, and shall not have any further liability under, (A) Section 9.03(a) (i) once the aggregate amount of all payments made by Purchaser in respect of the indemnification obligations under Section 9.03(a) (i) equals the Total Indemnity Cap; provided that this Section 9.04(b)(ii) shall not apply to any Damages related to any inaccuracy or breach of any Purchaser Fundamental Representation or any claim based on fraud, gross negligence, intentional misrepresentation or knowing and intentional breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Transaction Document, and no such amounts shall be counted towards the Cap and (B) Section 9.03 once the aggregate amount of all payments made by or on behalf of the Purchaser, collectively, in respect of the indemnification obligations under Section 9.03 equals the Total Indemnity Cap.

 

63

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(c) Indemnification Priority .

 

(i) Any claim for indemnification made pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i), Section 9.02(a)(ii) or Section 9.02(b) shall be made in the following order of priority: (A) first, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock remains in the Escrow Account, from the Indemnification Escrow Stock, (B) second, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock has been sold for cash, from such cash in an amount not to exceed, together with all amounts recovered pursuant to Section 9.04(c)(i)(A) , $3,000,000 (other than claims with respect to breaches of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.15 (Intellectual Property), which shall be subject to Section 9.02(c)(ii) below), and (C) third, directly from the Principal Shareholders.

 

(ii) Any claim for indemnification made with respect to breaches of the representations set forth in Section 3.15 (Intellectual Property) pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(i) shall be satisfied from the IP Indemnification Escrow Funds in an amount not to exceed $4,000,000.

 

(iii) Any claim for indemnification made pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii) or Section 9.02(a)(iv) shall be made in the following order of priority: (A) first, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock remains in the Escrow Account, from the Indemnification Escrow Stock, (B) second, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock has been sold for cash, from such cash in an amount not to exceed, together with all amounts recovered pursuant to Section 9.04(c)(iii)(A), $3,000,000, and (C) third, directly from the Principal Shareholders.

 

(iv) Any claim for indemnification made pursuant to Section 7.04(a) in respect of Sales Taxes shall be made in the following order of priority: (A) first, from the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Funds until such funds have been exhausted, (B) second, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock remains in the Escrow Account, from the Indemnification Escrow Stock, (C) third, to the extent that any Indemnification Escrow Stock has been sold for cash, from such cash in an amount not to exceed, together with all amounts recovered pursuant to Section 9.04(c)(iv)(A), $3,000,000, and (D) fourth, directly from the Principal Shareholders.

 

Section 9.05 Special Definitions . Any Person providing indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this ARTICLE XI is hereinafter referred to as an “ Indemnifying Party .”

 

Section 9.06 Procedures for Third-Party Claims . In the case of any claim for indemnification arising from a claim of a third party (a “ Third-Party Claim ”), an Indemnified Party shall give prompt written notice to the Indemnifying Party of any claim or demand for which such Indemnified Party has knowledge and as to which it may request indemnification hereunder (provided that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying any Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder unless, and then solely to the extent, the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend and to direct the defense against any such Third- Party Claim (other than any Third Party Claim that constitutes or arises out of a Tax Proceeding), in its name or in the name of the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, at the expense of the

64

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Indemnifying Party, and with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party; provided, however, the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume the defense or control of a Third-Party Claim and shall pay the fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnified Party if (a) the Indemnifying Party does not acknowledge to the Indemnified Party in writing its obligations to indemnify the Indemnified Party with respect to all elements of such claim, (b) such Third-Party Claim seeks an order, injunction or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or the Company, (c) such Third-Party Claim involves any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (d) such Third-Party Claim is by or on behalf of any material customer of the Company, (e) the Indemnified Party reasonably believes an adverse determination with respect to the Action giving rise to such claim for indemnification would be materially detrimental to or materially injure the Indemnified Party’s reputation or future business prospects; (f) the claim involves environmental, health or safety matters in which case the Indemnified Party shall have sole control and management authority over the resolution of such claim or (g) counsel to the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that (A) there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party in the conduct of the defense of such Third- Party Claim or (B) the Indemnified Party has one or more defenses not available to the Indemnifying Party; provided, further, in the event any Third-Party Claim is brought or asserted which, if adversely determined, would not entitle the Indemnified Party to full indemnity pursuant to this ARTICLE XI, for any reason, the Indemnified Party may elect to participate in a joint defense of such Third-Party Claim for which the expenses of such joint defense will be shared equally by such Parties and the retention of counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to both Parties. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with counsel employed at its own expense; provided, however, that, in the case of any Third-Party Claim described in clause (a) though (g) above or as to which the Indemnifying Party shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Third- Party Claim, the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party. No compromise or settlement of any Third-Party Claim may be effected by the Indemnifying Party without the Indemnified Party’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) unless (x) there is no finding or admission of any violation of Law and no effect on any other claims that may be made against such Indemnified Party or its Affiliates and (y) each Indemnified Party that is party to such Third-Party Claim is fully and unconditionally released from liability or obligation with respect to such claim. In the event that the Indemnified Party assumes the defense or control of such Third-Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate in the defense of any Third-Party Claim with counsel employed at its own expense. The Indemnifying Party shall have no indemnification obligations with respect to any Third-Party Claim which shall be settled by the Indemnified Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. To the extent that there is an inconsistency between this Section 9.06 and Section 7.04 as it relates to a Tax matter, the provisions of Section 7.04 shall govern.

 

Section 9.07 Procedures for Inter-Party Claims . In the event that an Indemnified Party determines that it has a claim for Damages against an Indemnifying Party hereunder other than as a result of a Third-Party Claim (an “Inter-Party Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give reasonably prompt written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party, specifying the amount of such claim (to the extent then reasonably determinable by the Indemnified Party) and the basis of such claim in reasonable detail (provided that no delay on the part of the Indemnified Party in notifying any Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party from any obligation hereunder unless, and

65

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

then solely to the extent, the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby). The Indemnified Party shall provide the Indemnifying Party upon advance written notice by the Indemnifying Party, with reasonable access within normal business hours to its books and records for the purpose of allowing the Indemnifying Party a reasonable opportunity to verify any such claim for Damages. The Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within ten (10) days following its receipt of such notice if the Indemnifying Party disputes its liability to the Indemnified Party under this ARTICLE XI. If the Indemnifying Party does not so notify the Indemnified Party, the claim specified by the Indemnified Party in such notice shall be conclusively deemed to be a liability of the Indemnifying Party under this ARTICLE XI, and the Indemnifying Party shall pay the amount of such liability (in accordance with Section 9.08 ) to the Indemnified Party on demand or, in the case of any notice in which the amount of the claim (or any portion of the claim) is estimated, on such later date when the amount of such claim (or such portion of such claim) is finally determined by the Indemnified Party.

 

Section 9.08 Offset . Subject to the limitations of the Sellers’ liability set forth in this ARTICLE XI, in the event of any Damages for which any Purchaser Indemnified Party has a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Purchaser may, at its option, offset the amount of such Damages against any other payment obligations Purchaser has to the applicable Seller(s) or any of their respective Affiliates under this Agreement or any other contract.

 

Section 9.09 Anti-Circularity . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any Purchaser Indemnified Party seeks indemnification from any Seller under this ARTICLE IX, then the Sellers agree that, notwithstanding any right to indemnification, advancement or contribution that such Seller or its Affiliates may have from the Company pursuant to applicable Law, the Purchaser’s or Company’s organizational documents or any contractual theory, that such Seller hereby waives any such right to indemnification, advancement or contribution.

 

Section 9.10 Payments .

 

(a) Until the Indemnification Escrow Funds have been exhausted or released pursuant to Section 9.10(d) or Section 9.10(e) , as applicable, promptly following the final determination of the amount of any Damages payable to any Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.04(a) or this ARTICLE IX, Purchaser and the Representative shall diver a Joint Written Direction (as defined in the Stock Escrow Agreement) to the Escrow Agent directing to Escrow Agent to release to Purchaser a number of shares of Purchaser Stock having a value equal to such amount (based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof).

 

(b) Following such time as the Indemnification Escrow Funds have been exhausted or released pursuant to Section 9.10(d) or Section 9.10(e), as applicable, following the final determination of the amount of any Damages payable to a Purchaser Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.04(a) or this ARTICLE IX , the Principal Shareholders shall promptly and in any event within five (5) days after the final determination of such Damages, pay to the Purchaser Indemnified Parties, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, cash in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of such Damages, minus the portion thereof that Purchaser has satisfied from the Indemnification Escrow Funds. Any liability of the Principal Shareholders

66

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

pursuant to this Section 9.10(b) shall be several but not joint among them; provided, however, that no Seller shall have any indemnification obligations in respect of any Individual Seller Breach by any other Seller.

 

(c) Promptly and in any event within fifteen (15) days following the final determination of the amount of any Damages payable to a Seller Indemnified Party pursuant to this ARTICLE IX, the Purchaser shall pay the Representative (for the benefit of the Sellers), by wire transfer of immediately available funds, cash in an amount equal to the amount of such Damages.

 

(d) Each of Purchaser and the Representative covenants and agrees that, no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the date that is twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, it shall deliver a Joint Written Direction (as defined in the Stock Escrow Agreement) to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to release to the Representative for the benefit of the Principal Shareholders a number of shares of Purchaser Stock equal to (i) in the event that Indemnification Escrow Stock remains in the Escrow Account, (A) all Indemnification Escrow Stock held in the Escrow Account, minus (B) a number of shares of Indemnification Escrow Stock having a value equal to the aggregate amount of all Unresolved Indemnification Claims (as defined in the Stock Escrow Agreement) (other than Unresolved Indemnification Claims made pursuant to Section 9.02(a)(iii) or Section 9.02(a)(iv)) (based on the weighted average closing price of the common stock of Purchaser on NASDAQ during the twenty (20) consecutive trading days immediately prior to the date hereof) and (ii) cash in the amount of $3,000,000 minus the amounts set forth in Section 9.1(d)(i) .

 

(e) Each of Purchaser and the Representative covenants and agrees that, no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the date that is forty-eight (48) months following the Closing Date, it shall deliver a Joint Written Direction (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement) to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to release to the Representative for the benefit of the Principal Shareholders all Indemnification Escrow Funds held pursuant to the Cash Escrow Agreement in the IP Indemnification Escrow Account (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement) minus the amount of all Unresolved IP Indemnification Claims (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement).

 

(f) Each of Purchaser and the Representative covenants and agrees that, no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the date that is twenty-four (24) months following the Closing Date, it shall deliver a Joint Written Direction (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement) to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to release to the Representative for the benefit of the Principal Shareholders all Indemnification Escrow Funds held pursuant to the Cash Escrow Agreement in the Sales Tax Indemnification Escrow Account (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement) minus the amount of all Unresolved Sales Tax Indemnification Claims (as defined in the Cash Escrow Agreement).

 

Section 9.11 Treatment of Indemnity Payments . Following the Closing, any payment made pursuant to this ARTICLE IX shall be treated by the Parties hereto, for federal income Tax and other applicable Tax purposes, as an adjustment to the cash proceeds received by the Sellers in the Transactions, to the extent permitted by law.

 

67

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION

 

Section 10.01 Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated as provided below:

 

(a) by mutual written consent of the Representative and Purchaser;

 

(b) by either Purchaser or the Representative if there has been a material breach or failure to perform on the part of the other Party (which. for purposes of this Section 10.01(b), shall include, in the case of the Representative, the Company and each of the Sellers) of any representation. warranty. covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform would reasonably be expected to cause the conditions set forth in Section 8.02(a) or Section 8.02(b), as applicable, to not be satisfied at the Closing and which breach or failure, if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within five (5) days following receipt by such Party of written notice of such breach or failure from the other Party (it being understood and hereby agreed that neither Party may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.01(b) if such breach or failure is cured within such five (5) day period);

 

(c) by either Purchaser or the Representative if a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have issued a nonappealable final order, decree or ruling or taken any other action having the effect of permanently restraining. enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Transactions or any of them (provided that the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.01(c) shall have complied with its obligations under Section 6.04 by using its reasonable best efforts to have any such order. decree ruling or other action vacated or lifted);

 

(d) by either Purchaser or the Company if the Transactions have not been consummated by December 21, 2018; provided. However, that in no case shall either Purchaser or the Company be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10.01(d) if such Party's willful or knowing breach of this Agreement has prevented the consummation of the Transactions.

 

Section 10.02 Effect of Termination. Except for the provisions of Section 6.01 , Section 6.02(a), ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE XI and this Section 10.02, each of which shall survive any termination of this Agreement, in the event of the termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall thereafter become void and have no effect, and no Party hereto shall have any liability to any other Party hereto or its equityholders or directors or officers in respect thereof.

 

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01 Representative.

 

(a) Each  Seller, by virtue of his, her or its approval of this Agreement and/or acceptance of any consideration contemplated by ARTICLE II, shall have irrevocably nominated, constituted and appointed the Representative as the agent, agent for service of process and true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such Seller, with full power of substitution, to act in the name, place and

68

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

stead of such Seller with respect to this Agreement and the taking by the Representative of any and all actions (whether prior to, contemporaneously with, or after such nomination, constitution and appointment) and the making of any decisions required or permitted to be taken or made by the Representative under this Agreement, which in each case and as applicable shall have accordingly been ratified by such Seller, including the exercise of the power to execute, deliver, acknowledge, certify and file (in the name of any or all of the Sellers or otherwise) any and all documents and to take any and all actions that the Representative may, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate on or after the date of this Agreement, including the power to act on behalf of any Seller in any dispute, litigation or arbitration involving this Agreement and the power to receive on behalf of, and to distribute (after payment of any unpaid expenses chargeable to a Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), all amounts payable to such Seller under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) All notices delivered by the Purchaser or the Company following the Closing to the Representative (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) shall constitute notice to the Sellers.

 

(c) Without limiting the generality of Section 11.01 and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Purchaser shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Representative on all matters described in Section 11.01(a) , and each Seller Indemnified Party shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Representative on all matters relating to ARTICLE IX, Section 7.04(a) or Section 11.01(a) and each of them shall be entitled to rely conclusively (without further evidence of any kind whatsoever) on any document executed or purported to be executed on behalf of any Seller by the Representative, and on any other action taken or purported to be taken by the Representative on behalf of any Seller by the Representative, as fully binding upon such Seller.

 

(d) The Representative may, by providing written notice to the Purchaser, at any time designate James Millerd as the replacement or substitute Representative with respect to all or any portion of the Representative’s responsibilities or authorities (provided, that once such substitution or replacement is made, the Representative may not rescind such replacement or substitution with respect to the particular matters that such replacement and/or substitution pertains), and each Seller, by virtue of his, her or its approval of this Agreement, hereby consents to such replacement and/or substitute Representative, as applicable. If the Representative shall resign, die, become disabled, be dissolved or otherwise be unable to fulfill its responsibilities as representative of the Sellers, then the Sellers shall, by majority vote within thirty (30) days after such death, disability or dissolution, appoint a successor representative reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. If a successor representative is not so appointed within such period, then Neal Brock shall automatically be appointed the Representative at the end of such period. Any successor appointed pursuant to either of the two preceding sentences shall become the “Representative” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e) No bond shall be required of the Representative and the Representative shall receive no compensation for its services. The Representative shall not be liable to any Seller for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Representative while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment with respect to any matter arising out of or in connection with the

69

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

acceptance or administration of its duties hereunder (it being understood that any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith). The Representative shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Sellers for any loss, liability or expense incurred on the part of the Representative with respect to any matter arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties hereunder.

 

Section 11.02 No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except as expressly set forth in Section 7.04(a) and ARTICLE IX , this Agreement is not intended to, and shall not, confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

Section 11.03 Remedies . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company, the Sellers and the Representative hereby agree that, in the event that the Company, the Sellers or the Representative violate any provisions of this Agreement, the remedies at Law available to Purchaser may be inadequate. In such event, Purchaser shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies they may have, to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief (including rights of rescission) to enforce or prevent any violations by the Company, the Sellers or the Representative of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Purchaser hereby agrees that, in the event that the Purchaser violates any provisions of this Agreement, the remedies at Law available to the Sellers may be inadequate. In such event, the Sellers shall have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies they may have, to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief (including rights of rescission) to enforce or prevent any violations by the Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.04 Entire Agreement . The Transaction Documents constitute the entire agreement among the Parties and supersede any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, that may have related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 11.05 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither of the Purchaser on the one hand nor the Company, the Representative or any Seller on the other hand may assign either this Agreement or any of his, her or its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other; provided, that the Purchaser may (a) assign any or all of their rights and interests hereunder to one or more of their Affiliates or to any of their financing sources as collateral security and (b) designate one or more of their Affiliates to perform either of their respective obligations hereunder.

 

Section 11.06 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement and any amendments hereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of digital imaging and electronic mail or a facsimile machine, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original contract and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effects as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person.

70

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 11.07 Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.08 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally against written receipt or by facsimile transmission against facsimile confirmation or mailed by prepaid first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or mailed by overnight courier prepaid, to the Parties at the following addresses and facsimile numbers:

If to Purchaser or, following the Closing, the Company:

Nanometrics Incorporated

1550 Buckeye Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Facsimile: (408) 545-6000 Attention: Janet Taylor

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Winston & Strawn LLP 333 South Grand Avenue

Los Angeles, California 90071 Facsimile:

(213) 615-1750 Attention: Eva Davis

 

If to the Sellers or the Representative:

c/o Hecker, PLLC

405 W. Franklin

Tucson, AZ 85701

Facsimile: (520) 620-0405

Phone: (949) 212-6492

Email: fz1arizona@gmail.com

Attention: Lawrence M. Hecker

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Hecker PLLC

405 W. Franklin

Tucson, Arizona 85701

Facsimile: (520) 620—0405

Attention: Lawrence Hecker

 

and

 

James Wyant

1881 No. King Road

Tucson, AZ 85749

Facsimile: [ ] Telephone:

(520) 906-0983

Email: jcwyant@optics.arizona.edu

 

71

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

All such notices, requests and other communications will (a) if delivered personally to the address as provided in this Section 11.08 or by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided in this Section 11.08 , be deemed given on the day so delivered, or, if delivered after 5:00 p.m. local time of the recipient or on a day other than a Business Day, then on the next proceeding Business Day, (b) if delivered by mail in the manner described above to the address as provided in this Section 11.08 , be deemed given on the earlier of the third (3rd) Business Day following mailing or upon receipt and (c) if delivered by overnight courier to the address as provided for in this Section 11.08 , be deemed given on the earlier of the first (1st) Business Day following the date sent by such overnight courier or upon receipt, in each case regardless of whether such notice, request or other communication is received by any other Person to whom a copy of such notice is to be delivered pursuant to this Section 11.08 . Any Party from time to time may change his, her or its address, facsimile number or other information for the purpose of notices to that Party by giving notice specifying such change to each of the other Parties hereto.

 

Section 11.09 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Representative and Purchaser. No waiver by any Party of any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any such prior or subsequent occurrence.

 

Section 11.10 Incorporation of Schedules . The schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. The information set forth in each section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to provide the information contemplated by, or otherwise qualify, the representations and warranties set forth in the corresponding section or subsection of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.11 Construction . Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any Party. If any Party has breached any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty, covenant or agreement relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which such Party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that such Party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, covenant or agreement.

 

Section 11.12 Interpretation . Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires, (a) words of any gender include each other gender; (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (c) the terms “hereof,” “ herein ,” “ hereby ” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (d) the terms “ Article ” or “ Section ” refer to the specified Article or Section of this Agreement and (e) the word “including” means “including without limitation.”

 

72

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

Section 11.13 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

Section 11.14 Waiver of Jury Trial .

THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY AND THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER AMONG THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY SHALL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 11.15 Consent to Jurisdiction; Choice of Forum . Solely with respect to disputes and claims with respect to which a Party seeks specific performance pursuant to Section 11.09 , each of the Parties to this Agreement hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware in respect of the claims with respect to which a Party seeks specific performance pursuant to Section 11.16 and waives, and agrees not to assert, any defense in any action for such interpretation or enforcement that such Party is not subject to such jurisdiction or that such action may not be brought or is not maintainable in such courts or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, that the action is brought in an inconvenient forum, or that the venue of the action is improper. Service of process with respect thereto may be made upon any Party by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such Party at its address as provided in Section 11.08.

 

Section 11.16 Specific Performance . Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that the other Parties would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of Section 7.01 (Press Releases) and 7.02 (Confidentiality; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non- Disparagement Confidentiality) were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise were breached. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Parties shall be entitled to, in addition to any other remedy which it may be entitled to at law or in equity, an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of Section 7.01 (Press Releases) or Section 6.02 (Confidentiality; Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement Confidentiality))  at any time, and, in each case, to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in the state and federal courts located in the State of Delaware.

 

Section 11.17 Arbitration.

73

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(a) Except for disputes and claims with respect to which a Party seeks specific performance pursuant to Section 11.16 (which may be pursued in any state and federal court in the State of Delaware), each Party agrees that arbitration administered by JAMS, Inc. in accordance with its JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”) shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving any claim or dispute (“ Claim ”) arising out of or relating to the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement, whether such Claim arose or the facts on which such Claim is based occurred prior to or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(b) The Parties hereto agree that (i) one arbitrator shall be appointed pursuant to the JAMS Rules to conduct any such arbitration, (ii) such arbitrator shall have at least 15 years of experience with respect to asset purchase agreements and complex commercial contracts, (iii) all meetings of the Parties and all hearings with respect to any such arbitration shall take place in Phoenix, Arizona and (iii) each Party to the arbitration shall bear its own costs and expenses (including all attorneys’ fees and expenses, except to the extent otherwise required by applicable Law), and all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding (such as filing fees, the arbitrator’s fees, hearing expenses, etc.) shall be borne equally by the Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Escrow Agreements, as between the Sellers and Purchaser, the Representative (on behalf of the Sellers) and Purchaser shall each bear fifty percent (50%) of the fees and expenses that such Persons are jointly and severally responsible for under the Escrow Agreements.

 

(c) In addition, the Parties hereto agree that (i) the arbitrator shall have no authority to make any decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination that does not conform to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (as executed and delivered by the Parties hereto), and (ii) the arbitrator shall have no greater authority to award any relief than a court having proper jurisdiction pursuant to Section 11.15 . Any decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination of the arbitrator and any information disclosed in the course of any arbitration hereunder (collectively, the “ Arbitration Information ”) shall be kept confidential by the Parties subject to Section 11.17(d), and any appeal from or motion to vacate or confirm such decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination shall be filed under seal.

 

74

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

(d) In the event that any Party or any of such Party’s Affiliates, associates or representatives is requested or required (by oral question or request for information or documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any Arbitration Information (the “ Disclosing Party ”), such Disclosing Party shall notify the other Parties promptly of the request or requirement so that any such other Party may seek an appropriate protective order or waive compliance with the provisions of this Section 11.17 . If, in the absence of a protective order or the receipt of a waiver hereunder, the Disclosing Party or any of its Affiliates, associates or representatives believes in good faith, upon the advice of legal counsel, that it is compelled to disclose any such Arbitration Information, such Disclosing Party may disclose such portion of the Arbitration Information as it believes in good faith, upon the advice of legal counsel, it is required to disclose; provided that the Disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, at the request and expense of such other Party, an order or other assurance that confidential treatment shall be accorded to such portion of the Arbitration Information required to be disclosed as such other Party shall designate. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.17 to the contrary, the Parties shall have no obligation to keep confidential any Arbitration Information that becomes generally known to and available for use by the public other than as a result of the disclosing Party’s acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of such Party’s Affiliates, associates or representatives. The Parties agree that, subject to the right of any Party to appeal or move to vacate or confirm any decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination of an arbitration as provided in this Section 11.17, the decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination of any arbitration under the JAMS Rules shall be final, conclusive and binding on all of the Parties hereto; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 11.17 shall prohibit any Party hereto from instituting litigation to enforce any final decision, judgment, ruling, finding, award or other determination of the arbitration.

 

Section 11.18 Disclosure Schedules . The information set forth in each section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to provide the information contemplated by, or otherwise qualify, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the corresponding section or subsection of this Agreement and any other section or subsection of ARTICLE III, but only to the extent that it is expressly stated on the face of the disclosure that it applies to such other section or subsection of ARTICLE III.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

75

AmericasActive:12532620.29

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PURCHASHER

 

 

 

NANOMETRICS INCORPORATED

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

Name:

 

Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

[ Sig n atur e Page -Stock Purchase Agreement ]


 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

4D TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION

an Arizona corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ James Millard

Name:

 

James Millard

Title:

 

President

 

REPRESENTATIVE

 

 

 

/s/ Dr. James Wyant

Dr. James Wyant

 

 

 

[Signature Page - Stock Purchase Agreemen t ]


 

SELLERS

 

The Family Trust under the Wyant Living Trust U/A September 8, 2000

/s/ James Wyant

James Wyant, Trustee

 

/s/ James Millerd

James Millerd

 

/s/ Neal Brock

Neal Brock

 

/s/ Brad Kimbrough

Brad Kimbrough

 

/s/ Steve Martinek

Steve Martinek

 

/s/ James Senrad

James Senrad

 

/s/ Catherine Ornstein

Catherine Ornstein

 

/s/ Michael North-Morris

Michael North-Morris

 

/s/ Eric Frey

Eric Frey

 

/s/ Chris Lesadd

Chris Lesadd

 

/s/ Don Roberts

Don Roberts

 

/s/ Erik Novak

Erik Novak

 

/s/ John Hayes

John Hayes

 

[ Signature Page - Stock Purchase Agreement ]

 

The exhibits and schedules have been excluded and the registrant agrees to furnish them supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction

 

 

 

Nanometrics France SAS

 

France

 

 

 

Accent Optical Technologies Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

 

 

Nanometrics (Switzerland) GmbH

 

Switzerland

 

 

 

Nanometrics UK Ltd.

 

United Kingdom

 

 

 

Nanometrics China Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

 

 

Nanometrics Israel Ltd.

 

Israel

 

 

 

Nanometrics Japan Ltd.

 

Japan

 

 

 

Nanometrics Korea Ltd.

 

South Korea

 

 

 

Nanometrics Southeast Asia Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

 

 

Nanometrics Metrology Ireland Limited

 

4D Technology Corporation

 

Nanometrics Taiwan Branch

 

Nanda Technologies GmbH (desolved)

 

 

Ireland

 

United States

 

Taiwan

 

Germany

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8  (Nos. 333-33583, 333-40866, 333-91714, 333-101137, 333-108474, 333-136557, 333-149339, 333-164088, 333-176502, 333-192183, 333-213277, and 333-220135) and on Form S-3 (No. 333-163168) of Nanometrics Incorporated of our report dated February 25, 2019 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 25, 2019

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to

Act of Rules 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange 1934,

As Adopted Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre, the Chief Executive Officer of Nanometrics Incorporated, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nanometrics Incorporated;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a )

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

 

February 25, 2019

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to

Rules 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,

As Adopted Pursuant to

Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Greg Swyt, the Principal Financial Officer of Nanometrics Incorporated, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Nanometrics Incorporated;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

( b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:

 

February 25, 2019

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Greg Swyt

 

 

Greg Swyt

 

 

Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in his capacity as an officer of Nanometrics Incorporated (the “Company”) that based on his knowledge:

 

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:

February 25, 2019

 

By:

 /S/ PIERRE-YVES LESAICHERRE

 

 

 

Name:

 Pierre-Yves Lesaicherre

 

 

 

Title:

 Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

February 25, 2019

 

By:

 /S/ GREG SWYT

 

 

 

Name:

 Greg Swyt

 

 

 

Title:

 Vice President, Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)